NCBI » Bookshelf » Health Services/Technology Assessment Text (HSTAT) » AHRQ Evidence Reports » Management of Newly Diagnosed Patients with Epilepsy: A Systematic Review of the Literature: Evidence Report/Technology Assessment Number 39
 
hserta
AHRQ Evidence Reports
public health

Chapter  39:  Management of Newly Diagnosed Patients with Epilepsy: A Systematic Review of the Literature: Evidence Report/Technology Assessment Number 39

A56819

Prepared for:
Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality
U.S. Department of Health and Human Services
2101 East Jefferson Street
Rockville, MD 20852

http://www.ahrq.gov/

Contract No. 290-97-0016

Prepared by:
MetaWorks, Inc. Medford, MA
Susan D. Ross, MD, FRCPC
Principal Investigator
Rhonda Estok, RN, BSN
Sameer Chopra, MA
Jacqueline French, MD
Investigators

AHRQ Publication No. 01-E038

September 2001

ISBN: 1-58763-103-2
ISSN: 1530-4396

This report may be used, in whole or in part, as the basis for development of clinical practice guidelines and other quality enhancement tools, or as a basis for reimbursement and coverage policies. Endorsement by the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ) or the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) of such derivative products may not be stated or implied.

AHRQ is the lead Federal agency charged with supporting research designed to improve the quality of health care, reduce its cost, address patient safety and medical errors, and broaden access to essential services. AHRQ sponsors and conducts research that provides evidence-based information on health care outcomes; quality; and cost, use, and access. The information helps heath care decisionmakers -- patients and clinicians, health system leaders, and policymakers -- make more informed decisions and improve the quality of health care services.

Prepared for:
Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality
U.S. Department of Health and Human Services
2101 East Jefferson Street
Rockville, MD 20852

http://www.ahrq.gov/

Contract No. 290-97-0016

Prepared by:
MetaWorks, Inc. Medford, MA
Susan D. Ross, MD, FRCPC
Principal Investigator
Rhonda Estok, RN, BSN
Sameer Chopra, MA
Jacqueline French, MD
Investigators

AHRQ Publication No. 01-E038

September 2001

ISBN: 1-58763-103-2
ISSN: 1530-4396

This report may be used, in whole or in part, as the basis for development of clinical practice guidelines and other quality enhancement tools, or as a basis for reimbursement and coverage policies. Endorsement by the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ) or the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) of such derivative products may not be stated or implied.

AHRQ is the lead Federal agency charged with supporting research designed to improve the quality of health care, reduce its cost, address patient safety and medical errors, and broaden access to essential services. AHRQ sponsors and conducts research that provides evidence-based information on health care outcomes; quality; and cost, use, and access. The information helps heath care decisionmakers -- patients and clinicians, health system leaders, and policymakers -- make more informed decisions and improve the quality of health care services.

Preface

The Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ), formerly the Agency for Health Care Policy and Research, through its Evidence-based Practice Centers (EPCs), sponsors the development of evidence reports and technology assessments to assist public- and private-sector organizations in their efforts to improve the quality of health care in the United States. The reports and assessments provide organizations with comprehensive, science-based information on common, costly medical conditions and new health care technologies. The EPCs systematically review the relevant scientific literature on topics assigned to them by AHRQ and conduct additional analyses when appropriate prior to developing their reports and assessments.

To bring the broadest range of experts into the development of evidence reports and health technology assessments, AHRQ encourages the EPCs to form partnerships and enter into collaborations with other medical and research organizations. The EPCs work with these partner organizations to ensure that the evidence reports and technology assessments they produce will become building blocks for health care quality improvement projects throughout the Nation. The reports undergo peer review prior to their release.

AHRQ expects that the EPC evidence reports and technology assessments will inform individual health plans, providers, and purchasers as well as the health care system as a whole by providing important information to help improve health care quality.

We welcome written comments on this evidence report. They may be sent to: Director, Center for Practice and Technology Assessment, Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, 6010 Executive Blvd., Suite 300, Rockville, MD 20852.

Preface
Carolyn Clancy, M.D.Robert Graham, M.D.
Acting DirectorDirector, Center for Practice and
Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality  Technology Assessment
 Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality
The authors of this report are responsible for its content. Statements in the report should not be construed as endorsement by the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality or the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services of a particular drug, device, test, treatment, or other clinical service.

Acknowledgments

The authors wish to acknowledge the following individuals for their diverse contributions throughout the course of this task order: Rebecca Cintron, Janet Connelly, Matthew Gordon, Cindy Levine, Joanne Levy, Elaine Milardo, Luba Nalysnyk, Michael Rozinsky, Shuhuan Zhang, and Isabella Sledge.

Structured Abstract

Objective

The objective of this evidence report was to systematically review the best available evidence in the published literature regarding health care services pertinent to the diagnosis, treatment, and monitoring of patients with a first diagnosis of epilepsy.

Search Strategy

Literature published in English from 1980 through November 1999 was searched using MEDLINE and Current Contents, supplemented by a manual review of the bibliographies of all accepted papers, the Cochrane Library of Systematic Reviews, and various Internet sources.

Selection Criteria

Interventional or observational studies of at least 10 patients, adults, or children, with a first seizure, or at first presentation, or at the time of a new diagnosis of epilepsy, were eligible. Studies had to report results of any of the following interventions: (a) diagnostic: history and physical examination; neuropsychologic examination; imaging with computed tomography (CT), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), or positron emission tomography (PET) scan; electroencephalogram (EEG) -- standard, video, invasive, ambulatory; lumbar puncture; or blood tests; (b) monitoring: EEG, blood tests, drug levels, or clinical/pharmacologic expertise; (c) treatment: clinical/pharmacologic expertise, antiepileptic drug monotherapy or polytherapy, counseling and psychosocial support, surgery, physical or occupational therapy, speech therapy, or education.

Data Collection and Analysis

Data on study, patient, and intervention characteristics and results were extracted from accepted studies. Studies were scored for quality and level of evidence. Study and patient-level characteristics were summarized, and the results were synthesized qualitatively. A panel of diverse technical experts and peer reviewers provided review and commentary on the results.

Main Results

Of 13,128 citations, 120 studies covering 21,213 patients met all eligibility criteria. Diagnostic interventions to rule in a diagnosis of epilepsy, as well as predict remission outcomes, are a complete history and physical examination, including neuropsychologic assessment, and a standard EEG. Other diagnostic interventions (e.g., CT or MRI) are more important to rule out secondary causes of seizures or to resolve uncertain diagnoses (e.g., video EEG) in a minority of selected patients. The monitoring interventions that may have an impact on outcomes are clinical/pharmacologic expertise, periodic blood tests (routine hematology and chemistries) for antiepileptic drug (AED)-related side effects, and possibly cognitive assessments in certain populations. Compliance with AED regimens predicts remission, but approaches to ensure compliance are not substantiated. Treatment interventions important for patients with a first diagnosis include clinical/pharmacologic expertise to inform choices of AED treatment, which are dictated more by differing side effect profiles than efficacy. Monotherapy AEDs appear comparable in efficacy for many epilepsy syndromes, but not all, for example juvenile myoclonic epilepsy, which require expertise not only to diagnose but to inform treatment choice.

The literature has multiple limitations, including lack of a universally accepted gold standard for diagnosis, low methodologic rigor, widespread terminology confusion, lack of patient-centered outcomes, including quality of life, health care utilization and costs, and gaps in coverage of virtually all nonclinical/pharmacologic treatment interventions in newly diagnosed patients.

Conclusions

The best available evidence from the literature is not conclusive regarding the appropriate and necessary diagnostic, monitoring, and treatment services for patients with newly diagnosed epilepsy. This literature review, however, can be used to generate testable hypotheses. We urge the health services research community to test these hypotheses in new and more rigorous studies in the future.

Suggested Citation

Ross SD, Estok R, Chopra S, et al. Management of Newly Diagnosed Patients with Epilepsy: A Systematic Review of the Literature. Evidence Report/Technology Assessment No. 39 (Contract 290-97-0016 to MetaWorks, Inc.) AHRQ Publication No. 01-E038. Rockville, MD: Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. September 2001.

Summary

Overview

This project represents one phase of a multiphase task order nominated by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) to develop a framework for organizing the health care services necessary for providing optimal care to patients with low-prevalence, highly chronic conditions, in this case, epilepsy.

In this phase of the project, a clinical trial evidence base was developed through a systematic review of the literature pertinent to diagnostic, treatment, and monitoring interventions for patients with newly diagnosed epilepsy. Results have been qualitatively synthesized to provide an evidence-based evaluation of the health care services that contribute to optimal patient outcomes.

It is intended that this synthesis of the best available evidence will serve as an information resource for local decisionmakers and developers of practice guidelines and recommendations. It should also serve to highlight gaps in the literature and areas ripe for future research. Lastly, the approach to developing a matrix framework of patients and services, with a systematic review of the evidence addressing each patient-service intersect of the matrix, provides a useful model for assessing health care services for patients with other chronic conditions with relatively low prevalence.

Reporting the Evidence

The key questions that guided this review were the following:

  1. What elements (expertise, services, and tests) may be needed to make the first diagnosis and initiate and monitor optimal treatment? What is the cumulative contribution (in order of increasing invasiveness and cost) of each of the following tests:
    - Electroencephalogram (EEG) -- standard, ambulatory, video, invasive.
    - Computed tomography (CT).
    - Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI).
    - Lumbar puncture.
    - Blood tests.
    What is the cumulative contribution (in order of increasing invasiveness and cost) to the accurate diagnosis of patients undergoing a first diagnosis? What is the positive and negative predictive value of each test alone? In what instances do additional tests add little useful information? Is there evidence to show that not applying particular tests will lead to incorrect diagnosis, negative health, or negative psychosocial outcomes? Are these tests useful for all patients undergoing first diagnosis or for only particular subpopulations? Which components of the patient's history are necessary to accurately diagnose the first seizure?

  2. What criteria should be used to guide decisions about the timing and selection of treatments for patients undergoing first diagnosis?

  3. Which interventions are necessary to adequately monitor patients on their first epileptic drug regimen or to ensure that the first diagnosis was correct? For what period of time should this monitoring occur? Should such monitoring be routine or prompted by particular symptoms/events?

  4. What aspects of clinical/pharmacologic expertise have been demonstrated to result in optimal patient outcomes (maximum reduction of seizure frequency with minimal side effects)? Clinical/pharmacologic expertise is defined as: (a) selection of optimal antiepileptic drugs (AEDs) based on epilepsy diagnosis and patient characteristics, (b) adjusting drugs and dosages to reduce seizures, (c) monitoring and limiting adverse drug reactions and interactions, (d) monitoring patients' tolerance and compliance with particular drug regimens, (e) recognizing changes in seizure characteristics, and (f) ordering and interpreting appropriate laboratory tests based on knowledge of specific adverse events associated with different drugs.

  5. What is necessary for patients at the time of first diagnosis in terms of social services, counseling (regarding, for example, employment or driving), or assistance and information from the Epilepsy Foundation? Is there evidence demonstrating that counseling improves patient followup, compliance, or quality of life?

Methodology

This project was carried out in two phases. The first phase involved a stakeholder meeting at which a matrix framework of specific patient populations and health care interventions was developed. Literature citations were then broadly categorized according to the matrix of patients and interventions. In the second phase, all interventions (diagnostic, monitoring, and treatment) for a single population of interest (patients with newly diagnosed epilepsy) were chosen as the subject of a full systematic review. In general, MetaWorks investigators used systematic review methods derived from the evolving science of review research.

The review followed a prospective protocol that was developed a priori and shared with the nominating partner on the project (CDC), a panel of technical experts (with representation from consumer groups and health care providers in neurology, epileptology, primary care, and nursing), and the Task Order Officer at the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ). The protocol outlined the methods to be used for the literature search, study eligibility criteria, data elements for extraction, and methodologic strategies to minimize bias and maximize precision during the process of data collection, extraction, and synthesis.

The published literature was searched in two phases corresponding to the two distinct phases of this project, ultimately covering the period from 1980 through December 1, 1999. MEDLINE was first searched as follows: (1) explode epilepsy and all treatment and human, and (2) explode epilepsy and diagnosis and human.

In the second phase of the project, another search was run in MEDLINE using the following sequence: (1) explode epilepsy, (2) human, (3) 1999, (4) diagnostic use (Medical Subject Heading, MeSH), (5) diagnosis, (6) therapy (MeSH), (7) therapeutic use, and (8) 4 or 5 or 6 or 7.

Review articles for the manual search were also identified in MEDLINE by searching back to 1996 by (1) explode epilepsy, (2) human, (3) diagnosis (MeSH), and (4) review (text word, TW).

Bibliographies of these reviews were perused for other likely citations. In addition, the 1999 Current Contents' CD-ROM was searched as: (1) epilepsy (key word, KW), (2) diagnosis (KW), (3) 1 and 2, (4) epilepsy (KW), (5) treatment (KW), (6) 4 and 5, (7) epilepsy (KW), (8) monitoring (KW), and (9) 7 and 8.

The Cochrane Library of Systematic Reviews was searched by (1) checking the Database of Systematic Reviews for epilepsy (KW) and, (2) checking the Database of Abstracts of Reviews of Effectiveness for epilepsy (KW).

Lastly, Internet searches were performed on December 2, 1999, by checking the following Web sites for studies, guidelines, authors, and special interest groups: Dr.Koop.com, WebMD.com, ReutersHealth.com, Intellihealth.com, Medscape.com, and NewsPage.com and the Epilepsy Foundation (efa.org).

All citations and abstracts were printed and screened at MetaWorks for any mention of patients with a first seizure, a first presentation, or a new diagnosis of epilepsy, for which full papers were obtained. The electronic searches noted above were supplemented by a search of the reference lists of all eligible studies and relevant review articles. To be included in the review, studies had to report results of any diagnostic, treatment, or monitoring intervention pertinent to newly diagnosed epilepsy in adults or children, with at least 10 patients as total sample size. Studies reported in English were accepted.

Each accepted study was extracted by one investigator and agreed to by a second. Key data elements sought for extraction from each study included study, patient, and intervention characteristics. In addition, for all diagnostic tests, sensitivity, specificity, and positive and negative predictive value, with its gold standard, were sought. All eligible papers were scored on features pertinent to study design, execution, and reporting, with a range of possible scores from 0.3 to 5.0.

No quantitative analyses were performed beyond descriptive statistics to summarize findings. Data were synthesized qualitatively. A group of 19 peer reviewers drawn from consumer groups and professional organizations, along with our technical experts and partners, was assembled to review and provide suggestions to the draft final report describing this project. Their feedback and that from AHRQ were incorporated wherever possible within the original scope of the project.

Findings

Of 13,128 citations, 120 studies -- mostly European and published in English since 1990 -- met all eligibility criteria. The study designs comprised 70 interventional and 50 observational studies. These studies covered 21,213 patients; all ages were represented, with balanced gender distribution and all major seizure types (generalized and partial).

No quantitative syntheses were possible because of insufficient and/or inconsistent reporting of results.

The evidence supports the following conclusions:

  • Diagnostic interventions supported by the literature to rule in a diagnosis of epilepsy, prevent delayed or missed diagnoses, and predict remission outcomes are: a complete history and physical examination, including neuropsychologic assessment and a standard EEG.

  • Other diagnostic interventions (e.g., CT or MRI) are more important to rule out secondary causes of seizures or to resolve uncertain diagnoses (e.g., video EEG).

  • Monitoring interventions supported by the literature that may have an impact on outcomes are: clinical/pharmacologic expertise, periodic blood tests, and possibly cognitive tests in children.

  • Treatment interventions supported by the literature include clinical/pharmacologic expertise for choice of AEDs and monitoring AED dose, side effects, and compliance.

  • Limitations of evidence include low methodologic rigor; no gold standard for diagnosis; patient populations poorly defined and not consistent study to study; inconsistent terminology; lack of patient-centered outcomes, e.g., quality of life and health care utilization; lack of economic assessments; and gaps in topic coverage (no nonpharmacologic treatments and little monitoring research).

Future Research

It is clear from this review of the literature addressing newly diagnosed patients that more research is needed to answer basic questions of diagnosis, monitoring, and treatment. This new research can be categorized as better studies and more studies. In the better studies category, we suggest the following:

  1. All future diagnostic studies should measure and report sensitivity and specificity. This will require that a gold standard for diagnosis be agreed on. At this time, it seems this gold standard should be a clinical/EEG standard according to the latest International League Against Epilepsy (ILAE) classification scheme.

  2. Treatment trials should use common terminology, e.g., distinguishing seizures from epilepsy and defining "newly diagnosed" in a common way, enrolling "pure" populations of patients with unprovoked seizures, and using common definitions of "optimum" outcomes inclusive of both seizures and side effects domains.

  3. Treatment trials should use a core set of efficacy outcomes that are comparable across trials, e.g., seizure remission rates, time to recurrence, mean number of seizures per patient per unit of time, and time to remission.

  4. Treatment trials need to report more often the efficacy, safety, and compliance associated with AEDs, in the long term.

  5. All new trials should include "patient-centered" outcomes whenever appropriate, e.g., quality of life, health care utilization measures, and economic impact of interventions. Different research methods/designs may be required to optimally study these outcomes.

In the more studies category, we suggest:

  1. Studies relating the volume of practice (as a hypothesized surrogate for clinical/pharmacologic expertise) to patient outcomes. These would include studies of the consequences of delayed diagnosis or misdiagnosis.

  2. Studies of the individual components of clinical/pharmacologic expertise to determine which of these components may or may not affect patient outcomes and which are related to volume of practice.

  3. Studies based outside of academic epilepsy centers (e.g., community-based studies) that would better capture populations with new onset epilepsy and would include other caregivers besides academic neurologists.

  4. Studies of the impact of patient counseling, education, and support interventions on patient outcomes.

  5. Studies of the impact of both old and newer (e.g., Internet based) patient monitoring methods on patient outcomes.

Journal editors and reviewers should solicit and give preference to such studies, as well as raise the standard for the type of material acceptable for publication. More commentaries, opinions, narrative reviews, and anecdotes are not going to advance the field.

Chapter 1. Introduction

In the care of patients with epilepsy, the ideal goal is "no seizures and no side effects equals control," as articulated by a clinical working group of the 1997 Living Well With Epilepsy Conference (Health 2000, 1998). For this goal to be achieved or approximated, there are three prerequisites: the prompt and accurate diagnosis of epilepsy in patients presenting with epileptic seizures, the administration of an appropriate first treatment intervention, and adequate monitoring to ensure not only the efficacy and safety of the treatment intervention but the accuracy of the initial epilepsy diagnosis. For these prerequisites to be met, appropriate and necessary health care services need to be available to patients at the right time. But what are appropriate and necessary health care services pertinent to the diagnosis, monitoring, and treatment of patients with newly diagnosed epilepsy? The purpose of this project was to assess the evidence in the published literature that might be used to answer this question.

In this Task Order, MetaWorks and collaborating investigators at the University of Pennsylvania have developed an evidence base via a systematic review of the literature published in English pertinent to diagnostic, treatment, and monitoring interventions in patients with newly diagnosed epilepsy. The topic "Criteria for Referral of Patients with Epilepsy" was nominated by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) to support its efforts to determine effective care for persons with epilepsy. Such criteria may be used as a framework for organizing the clinical processes necessary to provide optimal care for persons with epilepsy. Furthermore, the approach to developing a framework of care may provide a useful model for other low-prevalence, highly chronic conditions.

The project was carried out in two phases over an 18-month period, starting in October 1998. Phase I tasks were preparatory to a 1-day meeting in March 1999 of a multidisciplinary panel of stakeholders representing epileptology, neurology, primary care, nursing, health care systems, and consumers. The meeting resulted in a matrix framework of diagnostic, monitoring, and treatment services for five patient populations of interest: patients undergoing first diagnosis, patients demonstrating intractability, patients presenting with comorbidities, patients with side effects from antiepileptic drugs (AEDs), and patients withdrawing from AED therapy.

In Phase II, an initial assessment of the quantity of literature potentially available for each cell in the matrix (i.e., each patient/service intersect) was obtained. This work was described in the Work Plan dated May 24, 1999, with revision dated July 20, 1999. Questions regarding diagnosis, monitoring, and treatment services were then formulated to guide subsequent literature reviews in each patient population of interest. Stakeholder feedback was obtained to help prioritize the questions, populations, and services along several domains. A joint decision was made in October 1999 to pursue a systematic review of the literature to answer questions referable to one population (persons with a first diagnosis of epilepsy) across all of the health care service questions posed. This selection was made because it received the highest priority ratings from stakeholders, it appeared to have sufficient literature available, and the remaining contract budget was sufficient to cover the anticipated work.

Therefore, the primary objective of Phase II, of this project was to answer specific questions regarding diagnosis, monitoring, and treatment services needed by people with a first diagnosis of epilepsy. The following key questions were addressed in a systematic review of the literature:

  1. What elements (expertise, services, and tests) may be needed to make the first diagnosis and initiate and monitor optimal treatment? For the following tests (electroencephalogram (EEG) -- standard, ambulatory, video, invasive; computed tomography (CT); magnetic resonance imaging (MRI); lumbar puncture; blood tests), what is the cumulative contribution (in order of increasing invasiveness and cost) of each of the interventions to the accurate diagnosis of patients presenting with a first diagnosis? What is the positive and negative predictive value of each test alone? In what instances do additional tests add little useful information? Is there evidence that not applying particular tests will lead to incorrect diagnosis, negative health, or negative psychosocial outcomes? Are these tests useful for all patients undergoing first diagnosis or only for particular subpopulations? Which components of the patient's history are necessary to accurately diagnose the first seizure?

  2. What criteria should be used to guide decisions regarding the timing and selection of treatments for patients undergoing first diagnosis?

  3. Which interventions are necessary to adequately monitor patients on their first epileptic drug regimen or to ensure that the first diagnosis was correct? For what period of time should this monitoring occur? Should such monitoring be routine or prompted by particular symptoms/events?

  4. What aspects of clinical/pharmacologic expertise have been demonstrated to result in optimal patient outcomes (maximum reduction of seizure frequency with minimal side effects)? Clinical/pharmacologic expertise is defined as: (a) selection of optimal antiepileptic drugs based on epilepsy diagnosis and patient characteristics, (b) adjusting drugs and dosages to reduce seizures, (c) monitoring and limiting adverse drug reactions and interactions, (d) monitoring patients' tolerance and compliance with particular drug regimens, (e) recognizing changes in seizure characteristics, and (f) ordering and interpreting appropriate laboratory tests based on knowledge of specific adverse events associated with different drugs.

  5. What is necessary for patients at the time of first diagnosis in terms of social services, counseling (regarding, for example, employment or driving), or assistance and information from the Epilepsy Foundation? Is there evidence demonstrating that counseling improves patient followup, compliance, or quality of life?

This Evidence Report may inform policy decisions regarding the organization of optimal clinical processes necessary to achieve the prompt and accurate first diagnosis of epilepsy.

Background

Recent estimates of the incidence and prevalence of epilepsy vary geographically (Beilmann, Napa, Soot, et al. 1999, Kun, Ling, Wah, et al. 1999, Olafson and Hauser, 1999; Onsurbe Ramirez, Hernandez Rodriguez, Aparicio Meix, et al., 1999; Sawhney, Singh, Kaur, et al., 1999; Wiebe, Bellhouse, Fallahay, et al. 1999). The Global Burden of Disease Project, a collaborative study between the World Health Organization (WHO) and the Harvard School of Public Health, reports 1990 incidence and prevalence for both established market economies (EME) and formerly socialist economies (FSE) (Murray and Lopez, 1996). The incidence of epilepsy in EME is 0.06 percent in males and 0.07 percent in females. The incidence of epilepsy in FSE is 0.18 percent in males and 0.09 percent in females. The total incidence in EME is 0.06 percent and the total incidence in FSE is 0.13 percent in the general population. In 1990, the prevalence of epilepsy in EME was 0.59 percent and in FSE, 0.75 percent, in the population (Murray and Lopez, 1996).

The early diagnosis of epilepsy is challenging because seizures are a common symptom of many disease states (Sander, Hart, Johnson, et al., 1990). Misinterpretation of signs, symptoms, and history may lead to lengthy delays in diagnosis (Forsgren, 1990). More commonly, the diagnosis of epilepsy and the subsequent classification of seizure type is complicated by uncertainty about the appropriate selection and interpretation of various diagnostic tools such as EEGs, CTs, and MRIs (Grabow 1985, King, Newton, Jackson, et al., 1998). Particular diagnostic and monitoring resources such as video EEG are costly but may be of variable utility in the diagnosis of epilepsy (Chen, Mitchell, Horton, et al., 1995, Foley, Legido, Miles, et al., 1995). It may be possible, however, to identify particular patient characteristics, such as high paroxysmal event frequency, that warrant the use of expensive or invasive diagnostic and monitoring resources (Mohan, Markand, and Salanova, 1996). The timing of when a patient seeks medical attention following a paroxysmal event may also be a key variable in differentiating the utility of particular diagnostic interventions (King, Newton, Jackson, et al., 1998). Notably, the promptness with which the diagnosis of epilepsy is achieved may directly impact treatment decisions. It has been debated, for example, whether the administration of antiepileptic drug therapy is justified before a definitive diagnosis of epilepsy is achieved (Caplan, 1994).

Incorrect diagnosis or seizure classification may lead to an inappropriate choice of antiepileptic drugs and therefore poor response to treatment (Chen, Mitchell, Horton, et al., 1995). Relapse of seizures for patients on treatment is common and has been estimated to be as high as 52 percent in some populations (Beghi and Tognoni 1988; Hopkins, Garmon, and Clarke, 1988). Frequent seizures may not only be associated with reduced quality of life and higher mortality but may also lead to higher total health care costs and resource utilization (Baker, Nashef, and van Hout, 1997). The latter is not insubstantial. A very recent study sponsored by the Epilepsy Foundation (Begley, Famulari, Annegers, et al., 2000) appeared subsequent to our literature search and suggests that the cost of epilepsy in the United States is $12.5 billion dollars.

Chapter 2. Methodology

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc., usually as some form of binary object. The name of referred object is f3728_F001.jpg.

   Figure 1. MetaWorks systematic review process diagram

In general, MetaWorks investigators used systematic review methods derived from the evolving science of review research (Mulrow and Oxman, 1997; Mulrow, Cook, and Davidoff, 1997; Sacks, Berrier, Reitman, et al., 1987). These methods were generally applied according to standard operating procedures at MetaWorks and displayed in Figure 1.

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc., usually as some form of binary object. The name of referred object is f3728_F002.jpg.

   Figure 2. Causal Pathway A

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc., usually as some form of binary object. The name of referred object is f3728_F003.jpg.

   Figure 3. Causal Pathway B

A "causal pathway" was developed to focus the systematic review (Figures 2 and 3). This pathway depicts an assumed hierarchical structure of health care services for diagnosis, treatment, and monitoring of patients with a first diagnosis of epilepsy. It shows assumptions about the traffic of patients through the service hierarchy. Evidence in support of both the structure and flow of patients as depicted in the causal pathway was sought in the systematic review.

The review followed a prospective protocol that was developed a priori and shared with the nominating partner (CDC), a technical experts panel (TEP) (with representation from consumer groups and professional groups: neurology, epileptology, primary care, and nursing); and the Task Order Officer at the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ). The protocol outlined the methods to be used for the literature search, study eligibility criteria, data elements for extraction, and methodologic strategies to minimize bias and maximize precision during the process of data extraction and synthesis.

Literature Search

The published literature was searched from 1980 to the present. The original search cutoff date was April 15, 1999, and the final search cutoff date was December 1, 1999. The retrieval cut-off date was January 14, 2000. The search was originally run in June 1999 back to 1990 for (1) explode epilepsy and all treatment and human, and (2) explode epilepsy and diagnosis and human. Since the project was conducted in two distinct phases, in the second phase the search was updated for 1999 in MEDLINE using the following sequence: (1) explode epilepsy, (2) human, (3) 1999, (4) diagnostic use (Medical Subject Heading, MeSH), (5) diagnosis, (6) therapy (MeSH), (7) therapeutic use, and (8) 4 or 5 or 6 or 7. Review articles for the manual search were identified in MEDLINE by searching back to 1996 by (1) explode epilepsy, (2) human, (3) diagnosis (MeSH), and (4) review (TW). Bibliographies of these reviews were perused for other likely citations. In addition, the 1999 Current Contents CD-ROM was searched as: (1) epilepsy (KW), (2) diagnosis (KW), (3) 1 and 2, (4) epilepsy (KW), (5) treatment (KW), (6) 4 and 5, (7) epilepsy (KW), (8) monitoring (KW), and (9) 7 and 8. The Cochrane Library of Systematic Reviews was searched by first checking the Database of Systematic Reviews for epilepsy (KW) and, second, checking the Database of Abstracts of Reviews of Effectiveness for epilepsy (KW). Lastly, Internet searches were performed on December 2, 1999, by checking the following Web sites for studies, guidelines, authors, and special interest groups: Dr. Koop.com, WebMD.com, ReutersHealth.com, Intellihealth.com, Medscape.com, and NewsPage.com and Epilepsy Foundation (efa.org). All citations and abstracts were printed and screened at MetaWorks for any mention of any exclusionary criteria below (Level I screening).

Exclusion Criteria

Exclusion criteria comprised the following:

  • Reviews and meta-analyses, letters, and case reports.

  • Non-English language studies.

  • Animal studies.

  • Pharmacodynamic/pharmacokinetic studies.

Studies were rejected for the following reasons: (a) not newly diagnosed patients; (b) outcomes not extractable for newly diagnosed patients; (c) reviews; (d) case studies; (e) other languages; (f) studies of patients with secondary seizures, i.e., seizures not idiopathic or cryptogenic. These included studies selecting for patients with seizures secondary to tumors, trauma, infection, stroke, chronic medical or neurologic disease, psychogenic or pseudoseizures, and febrile convulsions. It should be noted that in some studies, information about secondary causes of seizures was not supplied or was incomplete, so we could not be sure that all included studies consisted completely of patients with primary epilepsy, but the intent was to develop a database as consistent as possible in this regard, given the vagaries of reporting in the literature.

All studies passing Level I screening were retrieved for a second screening (Level II) applying the following inclusion criteria.

Inclusion Criteria

Level II inclusion criteria were as follows:

  • Study designs: observational (prospective, retrospective, and cross sectional), or interventional (randomized controlled trials [RCTs], nonrandomized controlled trials [nRCTs], and uncontrolled case series [UCS]).

  • At least 10 patients, adults or children, with a first seizure, a first presentation with epilepsy or seizures, or a first diagnosis of epilepsy.

  • Studies addressing any of the following diagnostic interventions: history; neuropsychological assessment; physical examination; imaging with CT, MRI, or PET scans; EEG (standard, video, invasive, ambulatory); lumbar puncture; or blood test.

  • Studies addressing any of the following monitoring interventions: EEG (standard, video, invasive, or ambulatory), laboratory tests (hematology/biochemistry) and drug assays (standard or sophisticated), and clinical/pharmacologic expertise.

  • Studies addressing any treatment intervention: clinical/pharmacologic expertise, counseling/psychosocial, surgery (resective or vagus), physical therapy/occupational therapy (PT/OT), speech language, investigational study, and education.

  • Studies reported in English only.

The most difficult aspect of screening papers at both levels was establishing the presence of the population of interest, i.e., newly diagnosed patients. This term was defined to include patients presenting with a first seizure, patients presenting for a first diagnosis, and patients with a new diagnosis just prior to study entry. It did not include studies in patients with a long-time, established diagnosis of epilepsy. Studies of patients with a misdiagnosis, or uncertain diagnosis, were eligible as long as the patients were diagnosed with recent onset of seizures. Making this distinction in retrospective observational studies was the most difficult. Such studies could be included as long as information about patients at the time they were newly diagnosed (i.e., time zero) was included in the observation window and extractable for that group.

The second most difficult challenge in screening studies for inclusion was establishing whether data were extractable for the population of interest. In many cases where a series of patients attending a clinic, for instance, were studied, those with a new diagnosis were not distinguished from those with established epilepsy in the reporting of interventions and/or outcomes. This difficulty was most pronounced in study designs that were observational as opposed to interventional.

Since study selection is a critical component of any systematic review, the Level II screen required the agreement of two reviewers for each rejected paper. In cases of disagreement, a third reviewer adjudicated. The list of eligible studies was also subsequently shared with the project TEP for review and comment prior to locking the database.

Rating the Evidence

All eligible studies were rated for internal and external validity at the time of data extraction. A customized method was used, combining two established methods: (1) the Jadad method (Jadad, Moore, Carroll, et al., 1996) which can only be used for RCTs, and (2) the Level of Evidence (LoE) method (Cook, Guyatt, Laupacis, et al., 1992) which can be applied to all study designs. Combining the two scoring instruments permits the assessment of all studies with a single unified scoring system. These scoring methods assess features of study design, execution, and reporting. An Evidence Score was computed for each study by dividing the Jadad score by the Level of Evidence score. For studies with no Jadad score, i.e., all nRCT studies, a default score of 1 was assigned and then divided by the score. Preliminary reports of RCTs were not scored. Possible scores therefore ranged from 0.3 to 5.0 (Jadad score 1 to 5 divided by LoE 1 to 3), with higher scores suggesting higher validity of evidence. Evidence scores may be used as categorical or continuous variables in subsequent sensitivity analyses (e.g., multivariate regression analyses) or by exploring the impact of outliers on the results. They are also important to consider in interpretations of the reliability and significance of the evidence available in support of any conclusions. Evidence scores are, however, arbitrary and should not be overinterpreted. For instance, a well-done observational study may make a more valid contribution to evidence than a poorly done RCT, although their scores will not necessarily reflect this.

Data Extraction and Database Development

Key data from each eligible study were extracted by one researcher recording data from original reports onto a unique data extraction form (DEF) and agreed to by a second researcher checking all DEF fields (both filled and blank) against the original report. Differences were resolved prior to data entry. DEFs were designed in advance and pilot tested on a small sample of eligible studies. The pilot test allowed for necessary edits to the DEF to be made prior to broad implementation on all studies.

Key data elements sought for extraction from each study included characteristics of studies, patients, and interventions. Only clearly reported aggregate results were extracted from studies. Results that were only reported for individual patients and results that would require extrapolations from graphs or derivations from figures or tables were not captured.

Decision rules for extractors were developed during the pilot testing of the DEF and subsequently as questions arose during the data extraction process. The main rules are reviewed here to assist in interpretation of the resulting database. With regard to study level data, it should be noted that the total number of patients is distinct from the total number of healthy controls. If studies had a control group that was not randomized, either concurrent or historical, the design was indicated as an nRCT. All study durations were converted to months. Studies with a one-test, one-time intervention were listed as cross-sectional (XS). If a patient population was not clearly stated as all adult, or all children, the default selection was both. Age 16 was chosen as the age cutoff point above which patients were judged to be adult. Quality-of-life (QoL) results were indicated as present only if a validated instrument or a reproducible scale such as a visual analog scale (VAS) was used. Costs results were indicated as present if any results were reported in currency terms. We sought information as to the physical location of interventions (e.g., home or clinic), particularly if different from the location of the study investigators (typically academic hospital settings). It was evident early on that the study investigators' level or field of training was rarely identifiable, so we decided to show an academic affiliation if the study affiliations included a medical school or university setting. Investigators affiliated with a department of neurology were labeled as neurologists. Most studies showed investigators with multiple affiliations. The usual care provider, although of interest, was almost never reported.

As for the patient inclusion criteria, if a number of seizures was specified and within a certain time period previous to study entry, this was captured. If only patients with so-called unprovoked seizures were included, this was noted. As for patient exclusion criteria, if specific secondary causes of seizures, such as tumors or infections, were excluded, these were noted. Only the total numbers of patients were captured, since isolated comparisons of particular treatment or intervention results were not the objective of this project. Summary data tables, therefore, do not display results by treatment group, but overall by study. Seizure types at study entry were frequently reported without an explicit epilepsy syndromic classification or vice versa. For this reason, these originally separate fields were combined to capture both. A family history of febrile convulsions was not taken as equivalent to a family history of epilepsy. Prior emergency medical treatment to suppress seizures did not constitute prior AED use, which was intended to capture those receiving AEDs on a long-term basis.

For data capture of information about diagnostic, monitoring, and/or treatment interventions, any measures reported as required per the study protocol were captured, and those not part of the study protocol were not captured. Often, however, this distinction was unclear, and we chose to err on the side of over-capturing such data. The number of patients subjected to any intervention was captured in reference to the total number of patients entering the study, without regard for the number of study dropouts, which was often not explicitly reported. The timing and/or sequence of interventions was captured when explicitly reported, but this was rarely available. For this information, extractors made broad categorizations as prestudy, at study entry, throughout the study, or at some specific followup time or interval. For diagnostic interventions, a "gold standard" was always sought, but rarely found. When reported, the gold standard was typically a general clinical assessment rather than a specific test result, such as a particular EEG finding. With regard to so-called standard EEGs, we discovered that authors used different definitions, with regard to the inclusion of a sleep phase, photic stimulation, the number of channels, and montages used.

For monitoring and treatment interventions, seizure outcomes were preferentially captured as the number of patients achieving freedom from seizures for a specified period of time (remission rate) or the number of patients having a seizure during a certain followup period (recurrence rate). For side effects information, only the number of patients withdrawing because of intervention-related side effects was captured, as representing the most fundamental intervention-related side effect. Similarly, for compliance information, only the number of patients withdrawn because of noncompliance was captured. More detailed information regarding the nature and sequelae of side effects and compliance was not captured, as this was outside the scope of this review. If as a result of the intervention, a change in diagnosis or AED (drug, not dose) was made, this was sought (but rarely found), with the number of patients so affected. As for information on the use and consequences of measuring drug levels, these were categorized as standard unless plasma concentrations of metabolites or levels in other body fluids, e.g., cerebral spinal fluid (CSF), were measured, in which case they were categorized as sophisticated. Lastly, the outcomes and outcomes formats used were so disparate that we frequently had to resort to an "Other" data field to capture the main results.

Data were entered from the data extraction forms into MetaHub, a relational database of clinical trials. At the time each DEF was entered, 100 percent of data elements were checked back against the originals. Prior to locking the database, a 20 percent random sample of data in the completed database was checked by the quality control (QC) group at MetaWorks against the DEFs. Error rates in excess of 2 percent of QC-checked data would trigger a 100 percent recheck of all data elements in the database.

Statistical Methods

No statistical analyses were planned beyond basic descriptive statistics used to summarize data.

Peer Review

A group of 19 peer reviewers was assembled to review the draft Final Report describing this project. The peer reviewers were drawn from consumer groups and professional organizations (American Academy of Neurology, Epilepsy Foundation, and American Epilepsy Society), the nominating partner (CDC), and the AHRQ. The reviewers represented several medical specialties (neurology, nursing, primary care). All reviewers were asked to complete a list of questions about the format and content of the report (see Appendix L), and to also provide any text comments. All reviewer comments were shared with the AHRQ. The peer reviewers comments were considered and, wherever feasible and within the scope of this project, incorporated into the Final Report. Comments were ultimately received from 14 of the 19 reviewers who were invited to comment.

Chapter 3. Results

Search Results

The initial searches of MEDLINE and Current Contents spanned from 1980 to April 15, 1999, and yielded a total of 12,227 citations. Following Phase II, Part A, of this project, a total of 401 citations were accepted during Level I screening and classified as addressing the population "Patients Undergoing First Diagnosis." The full-text publications of these citations were retrieved for Level II screening.

Employing identical search criteria, we updated the MEDLINE search through December 1, 1999, downloading 675 additional abstracts for Level I screening. MetaWorks also updated the Current Contents search from November 16, 1998, to November 8, 1999, employing the search terms "epilepsy" and "diagnosis." This search yielded 514 abstracts. After eliminating duplicate studies between MEDLINE and Current Contents, a total of 901 new abstracts were downloaded for Level I screening.

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc., usually as some form of binary object. The name of referred object is f3728_F004.jpg.

   Figure 4. Study Attrition

To supplement the yield from these searches, we identified pertinent reviews, systematic reviews, and meta-analyses whose bibliographies were subsequently examined for additional publications. In a search of the Cochrane Library of Systematic Reviews, MetaWorks identified 4 full systematic reviews and 31 abstracts of systematic reviews that addressed topics within the scope of this project. From a MEDLINE search of review articles spanning from 1996 to 1999, MetaWorks identified 115 abstracts that addressed the topic of diagnosis of epilepsy. After these abstracts were screened, it was determined that 18 review publications fell within the scope of this project and were retrieved. After the bibliographies of all review articles and accepted studies were searched, 39 additional citations were identified and retrieved for Level II screening (Figure 4). Nineteen of these studies met all criteria for inclusion and are part of the final set of accepted studies.

In summary, a total of 13,128 abstracts underwent Level I screening over the duration of this project. Most citations were rejected at Level I for reasons of ineligible patient populations, with the remaining 462 citations retrieved for Level II screening. During Level II screening, 303 studies (k) were excluded for the following reasons: no population of interest (k=208); reviews, meta-analyses, letters, case reports, editorials, and commentaries (k=52); outcomes not extractable (k=18); fewer than 10 patients total sample size (k=10); results for population of interest not separable from results of other populations (k=9); pharmacokinetic/ pharmacodynamic study (k=2); foreign language (k=1); no outcomes of interest (k=1); no outcomes reported (k=1); and major data inconsistencies in report (k=1). These figures include 15 studies that were rejected during data extraction for a variety of the reasons above. All studies rejected during Level II screening or data extraction are listed in the study reject log.

The final set of accepted studies includes 120 primary ("parent") studies and 33 linked ("kinship") studies. All accepted parent and kinship studies are listed in the accepted study log.

Study Characteristics

Study characteristics are summarized in Evidence Tables 1 and 2. There were 70 interventional studies (31 RCTs) and 50 observational trials (33 retrospective and 17 prospective). All studies were in English. Thirty-one studies were performed in North America, 74 in Europe, and 18 elsewhere, including Australia, Israel, and Japan. The sum of the location categories is greater than the total because three interventional studies were conducted in both North America and Europe. The years of publication spanned 1980 through 1999, with most studies published since 1990. Maximum study durations overall averaged 19.1 months for interventional studies and 81.4 months for observational studies. The maximum study durations in the observational prospective designs were shorter on average than in the retrospective studies (62.4 months and 101.9 months, respectively). The mean or median duration ranged from 3 days to 10 years.

The mean score on the composite evidence rating instrument was 1.2 (0.3 to 5.0) for the interventional trials and 0.3 for the observational studies. A formal classification system for epilepsy syndrome or seizure type was reported in only one-half of the interventional and observational studies and in nearly all cases was the International League Against Epilepsy (ILAE) classification schema. Most studies cited the older (1981) version of the ILAE classification.

Industry sponsorship was noted in 26 studies, the majority of which were RCTs of AEDs. A cost assessment was reported in only two studies, both nRCT interventional designs. Foley, Legido, Miles, et al. (1995) reported the results of a video EEG diagnostic study on 36 patients in North America, and Oldani, Zucconi, Smirne, et al., (1998) reported the results of daytime video EEG for nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy diagnosis on 23 patients in Europe.

A QoL result was available in only three studies, two RCTs and one retrospective. The one retrospective study did not specify the QoL instrument (Luhdorf, Jensen, and Plesner, 1986). A Veterans Administration Cooperative Group Study of four AEDs referred to the Cramer scale (Smith, Mattson, Cramer, et al., 1987). The third study was an RCT of lamotrigine and phenytoin and used the Side Effects and Life Satisfaction Scale (SEALS) (Steiner, 1999).

The level and type of clinical expertise of the clinical investigators could only be assumed from the affiliations provided, in most instances. These suggested a single area of expertise in slightly fewer than one-half of the studies, with neurologists predominating. No studies appeared to be led by primary care physicians or internists, surgeons, or radiologists. The usual provider of epilepsy care could be identified in only six studies: a neurologist in five (Berg, Shinnar, Levy, et al. 1999a,b; Casetta, Granieri, Monetti, et al., 1999; Foley, Legido, Miles, et al., 1995; Frost, Hrachovy, Grace, et al., 1995; Harvey, Berkovic, Wrennal, et al.,1997) and a primary care physician in one (Panayiotopoulos, Tahan, and Obeid, 1991).

Intervention locations were assumed to be the locations noted in the authors' affiliations unless otherwise stated. As such, academic hospitals predominated for both the interventional studies and the observational studies, with epilepsy centers, usually in association with academic centers also, a distant second. In only one study was the intervention judged to occur at home (Cull, 1985; re: 24-hour ambulatory EEG); and in 12 others, at an office or clinic setting.

The primary objective of 21 studies was to determine prognostic factors and/or recurrence risk . These studies are discussed below with regard to results. Ten studies had measurement of cognitive status of new patients as a primary objective. Although 64 reports were categorized as treatment studies in the database, no studies stated a primary objective of assessing AED compliance. The AEDs under study included carbamazepine most often (k=35), but also valproate (k=21), vigabatrin (k=7), phenobarbital (k=6), oxcarbazepine, and phenytoin in four studies each; gabapentin, lamotrigine, and ethosuximide in three studies each; and clonazepine and primidone in one study each. A total of 25 studies reported compliance, as measured by pill counts (k=3), drug levels (k=19), or other means (k=3). No studies stated a primary objective of assessing the effect of education or counseling, although one study (McNelis, Musick, Austin, et al., 1998) intended to measure psychosocial outcomes in children. Four other studies had a primary objective of measuring neuropsychiatric or psychomotor status in new patients (Forsyth, Butler, Berg, et al., 1991; Frost, Hrachovy, Glaze, et al., 1995; Gunduz, Demirbilek, and Korkmaz, 1999; Larkin, McKee, and Brodie, 1992). There were no surgery studies in this set.

Patient Characteristics

As shown in Evidence Table 2, patients were enrolled at the time of their first seizure in 17 studies, at the time of their first presentation in 14 studies, or just after a new diagnosis in 62 studies. Studies enrolling patients at none of the above times, but with the time of first diagnosis (time zero) clearly in the window of observation, totaled 26. Most of these "time zero" studies (23 of 26) were retrospective in design. In one study, this information was not discernable (Penry, Dean, and Reila, 1989). Specific inclusion criteria for newly diagnosed patients with regard to the number of seizures in a designated interval were noted in 59 studies and varied highly, from one seizure in the past week, to >2 seizures in the past 2 to 36 months, to >3 seizures in the past 6 months. A requirement that seizures be unprovoked was noted in 33 studies. In the remainder, the presence of provoking factors was either permitted (with or without specification as to which) or not reported. Explicit exclusions for secondary causes of seizures were noted in 64 studies, and typically these were conditions known to be associated with seizures, e.g., brain tumor, trauma, stroke, infection, or progressive neurologic disease. In the majority of studies, the presence of specific signs or symptoms at study entry was not reported, and therefore the relationship of specific signs and symptoms to outcomes of interventions cannot be directly assessed here.

Evidence Table 3 displays patient characteristics. The total number of patients enrolled in these studies was 21,213. There were 38 studies restricted to pediatric populations and 38 restricted to adults, and the remainder enrolled both (k=44). Of the 120 accepted studies, gender was reported in 95, of which a slight majority of patients were male. Race was only reported in nine studies, and of these, nearly one-half were Caucasian. The remainder were variably distributed among African American, Hispanic, and Asian groups. Of 35 observational studies that reported age, the average age was 23 years (range 0 to 90 years). Of the 63 interventional trials reporting age, the average was 28.5 years (range 0 to 91 years). Family history was noted in only 20 studies and was positive in a minority of patients. In 54 studies, prior use of AEDs was noted in only 8 to 10 percent of patients. AED use at entry was noted in 68 studies, in which 2.1 percent (interventional) to 19.1 percent (observational) of patients reported such use. The type of seizure or epilepsy diagnosis at study entry was reported in 52 interventional studies and 39 observational studies. In the former, the distribution between patients with generalized and partial seizures is about even, but in the latter, far more patients were reported to have generalized tonic clonic seizures than other types. There is little information in these studies about how carefully seizures were classified with regard to onset patterns versus ending patterns; such information is relevant, since many generalized seizures in adults are in fact focal in onset. The percentages shown in Evidence Table 3 do not sum to 100 percent because of incomplete reporting of all seizure types in all studies contributing data.

Interventions

The following sections are organized to first describe results by category and type of intervention and, second, to synthesize these results in order to answer the specific project questions posed in Chapter 1, Introduction. Where study populations are known to be entirely children or entirely adult, this is so stated. Otherwise study populations are referred to generally as "patients."

Diagnosis

There were five observational studies, all in Europe, reporting incidence of new diagnoses (Braathen and Theorell, 1990; Forsgren, 1990; Forsgren, Bucht, Eriksson, et al. 1996; Jallon, Goumaz, Haenggeli, et al., 1997, Luhdorf, Jensen, and Plesner, 1986). The incidence results ranged from 0.03 percent to 0.08 percent in patients with all seizure types and all ages represented. These figures are similar to the incidence estimates for established market economies noted above (see Background section in Chapter 1).

Evidence Tables 4, 4a, 5, and 5a summarize selected results from studies with diagnostic information. Several studies of diagnostic interventions described what could be loosely construed as a "gold standard" for the diagnosis of epilepsy. These gold standards tended to include both a clinical component and an EEG component. The clinical requirements for diagnosis were highly variable, however, and included such signs and symptoms as tonic/clonic movements, with or without post-ictal confusion, tongue biting, sphincter disturbance, aura, and loss of consciousness. Some studies required the events to be unprovoked; others did not. Some studies required the events be witnessed; others did not. The seizure type was usually diagnosed by clinical features and the epilepsy syndrome, by seizure type and EEG findings. Only a minority referred to established classification schemas, e.g., ILAE or WHO.

There were 12 prospective interventional trials reporting results of a diagnostic intervention: 6 were in patients at the time of first diagnosis, 4 at the time of first presentation, and 2 at the time of first seizure. There were 26 observational studies, which included "time zero" for diagnosis in the observation window. Most of the studies reporting the use of diagnostic interventions did not provide the numbers of patients with a new or changed diagnosis as a result of the intervention. Rather, these studies typically reported the use of the intervention as discretionary by the study investigators or as occurring in some patients at the time of study entry, but no further details are provided.

The role of history and physical examination was touched on in several studies. Berg, Shinnar, Levy, et al., (1999a, 1999b) reported that 609 of 613 children were assigned a syndromic diagnosis on the basis of clinical features. Arts, Geerts, Brouwer, et al., (1999) reporting on 466 children suggested the history alone yielded a 29 percent sensitivity and 89 percent specificity. The study by Hoefnagels, Padblerg, Overweg, et al., (1991) noted that it is impossible to find a gold standard for the diagnosis of epilepsy and therefore developed its own to distinguish epilepsy from syncope. Sensitivity and specificity of several components of a history were computed, e.g., particular symptoms before, during, and after the paroxysmal event. Those before the event tended to the highest sensitivity (88 percent to 98 percent), and those during the event, the highest specificity (64 percent to 94 percent). Camfield, Camfield, Dooley, et al. (1985a) reported that in a retrospective analysis of 168 children seen after their first seizure, an abnormal neurologic examination (in 30 patients) was predictive of recurrence, as was seizure type (partial seizure associated with increased risk). Neither the sleep-wake status at the first seizure nor a history of febrile seizures predicted recurrence. In three additional retrospective studies, the utility of various interventions in diagnosis and/or prediction of recurrence was reported. Ambrosetto, Giovanardi, and Tassinari (1987) reported on history (and EEG findings) in 72 patients and concluded that only generalized seizures as the sole ictal phenomenon, and a long interval between the first and second seizures, were predictive of seizure frequency subsequently.

King, Newton, Jackson, et al. (1998) reported that early EEGs, within 24 hours of seizure, yielded a diagnosis in 77 percent (232/300) patients. Martinovic and Jovic (1997) related the risk of recurrence in children after a first seizure to the finding of epileptiform patterns on standard EEG. Carpay, de Weerd, Schimsheimer, et al. (1997) reported the diagnostic yield of standard EEGs and sleep-deprived EEGs after a normal standard EEG. Of 552 standard EEGs in children with first seizures, 243 were normal and 309 were epileptiform. Sleep-deprived EEGs in the normal EEG patients added 11 percent more diagnoses to the 56 percent of patients with diagnosis after abnormal standard EEGs. Hughes and Gruener (1985) reported the use of standard EEGs in confirming seizures in patients with a new diagnosis of epilepsy. The history was noncontributory, but the standard EEG was abnormal in 300 of 358 patients, supporting its use in first diagnosis. Sperling and Engel (1985) studied the utility of additional electrodes in the EEG diagnosis of 98 patients who had normal standard EEGs but who were suspected of having temporal lobe epilepsy. Ear, anterior temporal, or nasopharyngeal electrodes did not increase the diagnostic yield. Chu (1991) studied the utility of sphenoidal recording during both standard and ambulatory EEGs. The increased yield was marginal.

There were several studies of video EEG in diagnosis. Oldani, Zucconi, Smirne, et al. (1998) reported that daytime video EEG was not diagnostic in any of 23 patients suspected of nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy. After sleep deprivation, however, video EEG was diagnostic in 12 of 20, compared with nocturnal video polysomnography in 20 of 23 patients. Shihabuddin, Abou-Khalil, and Fakhoury (1999) reported on 123 patients with attacks of unknown nature, in whom standard EEG, CT, and MRI were nondiagnostic. Ambulatory EEG with video monitoring yielded a diagnosis in 81. The number of patients judged to have epilepsy was decreased as a result of this intervention, from 31 to 20 patients. Bye, Lamont, and Healy (1990) reported that 66 of 82 children had paroxysmal events documented on video EEG, 23 of which were ictal, leading to diagnosis. Foley, Legido, Miles, et al. (1995) reported that outpatient video EEG was diagnostic in 32 of 36 children with suspected epilepsy. Cull (1985) assessed the utility of 24-hour ambulatory EEG versus standard EEG. The latter was abnormal in 16 of 62 patients and the former, abnormal in 21 patients. Ambulatory EEG was not superior to standard EEG if attacks occurred at frequencies of fewer than one per week. Seven of 46 patients with normal standard EEGs were abnormal on ambulatory recordings. Conversely, 2 of 16 abnormal standard EEGs were normal during ambulatory EEGs.

Four retrospective studies also assessed video EEGs. Duchowny, Resnick, Deray, et al. (1988) studied 60 young children; a first diagnosis was made possible in 9 or the 60 and a change in diagnosis was made in 24. Mohan, Markand, and Salanova (1996) reviewed results in 444 patients with video EEG. This intervention led to a diagnosis of psychogenic seizures in 141 patients and an epilepsy diagnosis in 180 patients. In 123 patients, video EEG was not diagnostic. The authors noted that if the frequency of episodes is greater than one per week, the video EEG is more likely to yield a diagnosis. Chen, Mitchell, Horton, et al. (1995) retrospectively studied video EEG in diagnosis and treatment decisions in 138 children. A diagnosis was made possible in 96 (70 percent). Roberts and Fitch (1985) reported the diagnostic utility of video and ambulatory EEGs in 102 patients. In 57 patients, the video EEG led to a diagnosis, which was epilepsy in 19. In a further 20, the ambulatory EEG led to a diagnosis, which was epilepsy in 3.

Blood tests in diagnosis were evaluated in very few studies. Anzola (1993) found normal serum prolactin levels in patients with syncope, but elevated levels in patients with epilepsy. Positive predictive value (PPV) was 89 percent and negative predictive value (NPV), 61 percent. Neufeld, Treves, Chistik, et al. (1997) studied the use of sequential creatine kinase (CK) measurements to differentiate syncope from generalized tonic clonic seizures in adults at the time of first seizure. Admission CK was increased in 25 percent of seizure patients versus 6 percent of syncope patients. At 24 hours, CK was increased in 56 percent of seizure patients and 12 percent of syncope patients. An absolute increase in CK of 15 milliunits/ml gave a diagnostic sensitivity of 69 percent and specificity of 94 percent.

The evidence is clear that diagnostic interventions will vary in their utility according to the patient population studied. For example, there are several studies restricted to elderly patients with new epilepsy, most of which suggest an increased likelihood of abnormal EEGs and CT scans and the relative lack of utility of the history alone in diagnosis. Holt-Seitz, Wirrell, and Sundaram (1999) assessed retrospectively the diagnostic yield of various interventions in 84 elderly patients with new-onset seizures. Standard EEG was abnormal in 73 percent and CT, abnormal in 68 percent. MRI was performed in only 11 patients and was abnormal in 7. Dam, Fuglsang-Frederiksen, Svarre-Olsen, et al. (1985) studied different etiologies in 84 patients with new late-onset epilepsy. They reported that EEG was abnormal in 56 percent and CT was abnormal in 60 percent. However, only 7 of the 84 patients had unilateral signs on physical examination, but of these, 6 had focal findings on CT scan. Kilpatrick, Tress, O'Donnell, et al. (1991) reported on 50 patients with late-onset epilepsy with normal or nondiagnostic CT scans. MRIs within 3 months revealed diagnostic abnormalities in 10 of these patients. Luhdorf, Jensen, and Plesner (1986) studied prognostic factors in the elderly for 12 months after a first seizure. History did not correlate either to the type of seizure or to the presumed cause. A paroxysmal EEG, however, did. Lee (1985) studied ictal confusion as a first presentation of epilepsy in later life in 11 patients. Again, the history was not useful in diagnosis, but a standard EEG did result in a diagnosis in 5 of 11 patients.

One retrospective study assessed features of typical absence seizures. Panayiotopoulos, Chroni, Daskalopoulos (1992) noted that in all of 23 adults studied, events were documented in standard ± video EEGs (performed in 12). All 23 patients had normal neurologic and mental status.

Diagnosis of juvenile myoclonic epilepsy (JME) was the focus in four studies. Atakli, Sozuer, Atay, et al. (1998) reported that in a retrospective series of 76 patients with JME, a complete history led to a correct diagnosis in all 76, although 40 had presented with a misdiagnosis. In all patients, the neurologic examination was normal; and in 69 of 76 standard EEGs, background activity was normal. CT (in 32) and MRI (in 3) did not contribute to the diagnosis. Grunewald, Chroni, and Panayiotopoulos (1992) reported an average delay in the diagnosis of JME of 14.5 years; yet in all 15 children studied retrospectively, the diagnosis was made by history and standard EEG alone. In 14 of 15 patients, a misdiagnosis had been made originally. Panayiotopoulos, Tahan, and Obeid (1991) reported that the history and EEG alone were diagnostic in a retrospective series of 70 patients with JME. In 22 of these patients, a misdiagnosis had been originally made. Sharpe and Buchanan (1995) also reported a retrospective series of JME patients in whom diagnosis had been delayed for an average of 9.7 years. The history and CT were normal in all, and the value of the standard EEG in diagnosis had been reduced by the use of AEDs.

The new diagnosis of temporal lobe epilepsy was reported by Harvey, Berkovic, Wrennall, et al. (1997) in a retrospective series of 63 children. The neurologic examination was abnormal in 9, and the neuropsychiatric examination was abnormal in 24. Fewer than one-fourth of CTs (performed in 48) were abnormal, but nearly one-half of MRIs (performed in 58) were abnormal. Video EEG had a high yield in selected patients, with 18 of 20 revealing ictal activity.

Henneman, DeRoos, and Lewis (1994) reported an emergency room (ER) study of adults presenting with new-onset seizures. Of 333 seizure patients assessed in the ER, the clinical examination was clearly abnormal in 75 and routine blood tests were abnormal in 48. In 227 patients undergoing a lumbar puncture (LP), it was abnormal in <10 percent. Of 325 patients having a CT scan, a clinically significant abnormality was seen in about 40 percent. The standard ER workup consisted of a clinical examination, routine blood tests, and LP and CT in selected patients. The authors concluded that only 136 of the 254 patients admitted to hospital actually needed admission. Of these 136, the vast majority (129) were identified by a standard ER workup.

ILAE criteria for diagnosis were studied in two retrospective series. In Jallon, Goumaz, Haenggeli, et al. (1997), despite ILAE-determined epilepsy diagnoses in 273 patients, the standard EEG was normal in 67. In 190 of these patients, a CT was performed and was normal in 61. In 56 patients, a MRI was performed and was normal in 17. Reutens, and Berkovic (1995) assessed agreement of ILAE criteria with clinical features in 101 patients. In particular, not all patients fit ILAE syndromic diagnoses, and they reported phenotypic overlap between syndromes in adolescent generalized epilepsy.

In summary, the literature supports the diagnostic role of a complete history, especially in diagnosing JME, to elucidate an adequate description of the seizures to permit categorizing by seizure type, since a history suggestive of a focal seizure predicts recurrence. A clinical examination that includes a careful neurologic examination is essential, since an abnormal examination after a first seizure also predicts recurrence. The chance of recurrence is critical to decisions about initiating AEDs. Data are insufficient to conclude whether any blood tests at the time of a first seizure are useful except to rule out the presence of any secondary causes of seizures. As for standard EEGs, the literature suggests that it is an absolute requirement and should be performed as early as possible after the first seizure. The evidence reviewed does not permit conclusions about sleep EEGs or sleep-deprived EEGs. The studies in this review reported that only about 50 to 60 percent of standard EEGs are abnormal, but if the standard EEGs are performed within 24 hours of the first seizure, it is suggested that the diagnostic yield increases. Another reason to perform the standard EEG as soon as possible is the confounding influence of AEDs if started prior to diagnosis, which occurred in this literature in from 2 to 20 percent of patients. The role of MRI in first diagnosis is best established in late-onset seizure patients with nondiagnostic CTs, although other roles for MRI, such as in localization of seizure foci in operative candidates, have not been addressed in this review. The literature suggests that ambulatory and video EEGs are useful in a first diagnosis if standard EEG, CT, and MRI are nondiagnostic. Video EEGs are also useful in diagnosis in very young children, in patients with poorly characterized seizure types, and in those with suspected psychogenic seizures, especially if episodes are frequent.

Monitoring

Evidences Tables 6, 6a, 7, and 7a display selected results of studies with monitoring information. None of these studies had as a primary objective the testing of monitoring interventions necessary for optimal patient care. There were 24 prospective interventional studies (8 RCTs, 7 nRCTs, 5 UCS, and 4 XS) that had a monitoring component, but in nearly all, this was a monitoring intervention dictated by a research study protocol and not optimal patient care. None of these studies enrolled patients after a first seizure but rather, on first presentation or first diagnosis.

The interventions covered included periodic drug levels and hematology and chemistry panels for the most part. Other interventions used in monitoring new patients after initiation of treatment with AEDs included measures of cognitive function and behavior (Camfield, Camfield, Dooley, et al., 1985; Frost, Hrachovy, Glaze, et al., 1995; Isojarvi, Parkarinen, and Myllyla, 1993; Kalviainen, Aikia, Helkala, et al., 1992; Mandelbaum and Burack, 1997; O'Dougherty, Wright, Cox, et al., 1987; Pulliainen and Jokelainen, 1994; Williams, Bates, Griebel, et al., 1998); EEG changes (Camfield, Camfield, Smith et al., 1985b; Drake, Weate, Newell, et al., 1994; Frost, Hrachovy, Glaze, et al., 1995; Konishi, Naganuma, Hongou, et al., 1995; Marciani, Maschio, Spanedda, et al., 1995; Sannita, Gervasio, and Zagnoni, 1989), median nerve evoked potentials (Carenini, Bottacchi, Camerlingo, et al., 1988), peripheral benzodiazepine receptor density (Ferrarese, Tortorella, Bogliun, et al., 1997), and QoL (Steiner, Dellaportas, Findley, et al., 1999).

Only the study by Camfield, Camfield, Smith et al., (1985b) could be considered as showing monitoring interventions that impact optimal patient care. In this study of standard EEG and neuropsychological changes with long-term use of AEDs in 82 children, behaviorial side effects or allergies led to treatment change in 11 patients and hematologic abnormalities led to change in 2. Another study (Sannita, Gervasio, Zagnoni, 1989) of 10 children, showed that EEG results did not relate to AED levels or to behavioral side effects, suggesting no role for EEG in routine monitoring of patients. The lack of relationship of EEG monitoring results to clinical seizure frequency in treated patients was also suggested by the results of the Drake study of spectral analysis of EEGs in 30 adults with new epilepsy after AED monotherapy. Although 25 patients demonstrated nocturnal sleep EEG abnormalities, none had seizures on treatment. There are several other studies in this review wherein standard EEGs were applied, all at highly variable intervals, ranging from every month (for the first 3 months) in one, to every 3, or 6, or 8 months in others, to once before AED withdrawal in one. None of these studies reported any effect of such monitoring on seizure frequency, dropout rates from AED side effects, or noncompliance. Furthermore, there were no studies reporting any change in quality of life or change in diagnosis or treatment as a result of standard EEGs performed as part of patient monitoring.

Monitoring cognitive effects of AEDs were the subject of several studies, with inconsistent results. Williams, Bates, Griebel, et al. (1998) showed no difference in cognitive or behavioral effects before and after treatment in 35 of 37 children initiated on AED monotherapy. On the other hand, Gunduz, Demirbilek, and Korkmaz (1999) reported that, in 20 newly treated children after 1 year, neurological dysfunction was detected on a battery of tests. In addition, Frost, Hrachovy, Glaze (1995) reported that language and Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children (WISC)-derived measures declined at 1 year of AED treatment in 16 children. These studies could be interpreted as suggesting that monitoring of cognitive and neuropsychological measures may detect changes with long-term AEDs, especially in children. O'Dougherty, Wright, Cox, et al. (1987), however, reported that neuropsychological test results in 11 children did not necessarily correlate with AED drug levels.

Standard drug levels were measured "regularly" or "periodically" in followup in numerous studies, but the test frequency either was typically not specified or variable. There were no studies directly linking monitoring of standard drug levels to seizure frequency, dropout rates from AED side effects, or noncompliance. There were no studies reporting of any change in quality of life or change in diagnosis as a result of monitoring using standard drug levels. One interventional study, however, reported a change in treatment as a result of drug levels in 19 percent of monitored patients (Callaghan, Kenny, O'Neill, et al., 1985). Luhdorf, Jensen, and Plesner (1986) reported that subtherapeutic drug levels in a population of elderly patients with new epilepsy predicted recurrence.

As for periodic chemistries and/or hematology measures, one interventional study (Stefan, Plouin, Fichsel, et al., 1988) reported an increase in dropouts with adverse effects in 2 of 10 patients as a result of blood testing. The paper by Steiner, Dellaportas, Findley, et al. (1999) further supported the notion that understanding the distinctive side effects of different AEDs is important to optimal patient monitoring. In 181 patients with newly diagnosed epilepsy enrolled on a RCT comparing efficacy and tolerability of phenytoin and lamotrigine, abnormalities of liver enzymes occurred more often in the phenytoin patients, whereas abnormal elevations in serum creatinine were seen more often in the lamotrigine patients.

Chen, Mitchell, Horton, et al. (1995) reported on the use of video EEG in diagnosis and subsequent treatment decisions. It was performed once at entry and once in followup. One-fourth of all children had a diagnosis changed as a result of video EEG, and 88 percent of a subgroup referred especially for seizure classification were successfully diagnosed. The procedure was also useful to assist in preoperative assessment of surgical candidates. These results suggest a place for video EEG in new patients not readily classified or those who may be judged to be candidates for surgery.

In summary, the evidence, although scant, suggests there is no role for standard EEG in routine monitoring of patients after a new diagnosis of epilepsy. Video EEG has a role subsequent to a new diagnosis if the diagnosis is or becomes uncertain or if surgery is considered. Neuropsychological monitoring for behavioral and cognitive changes may have a role in identifying subtle AED side effects, especially in children. Blood testing (hematology and chemistries) is important to monitor for infrequent but potentially serious side effects of AEDs. Periodic drug levels may be important in assessing AED compliance, although this remains controversial. Since there is evidence that different AEDs impact QoL differently, there may also be a role for QoL monitoring.

Treatment

Evidence Tables 8, 8a, 9, and 9a summarize selected results of studies with treatment information. Monotherapy AED as a treatment intervention was reported in over one-half the studies in the review for durations ranging from 2 weeks to 6 years. Monotherapy was a treatment intervention in 5 studies of patients at time of first presentation, 44 studies at first diagnosis, and 6 studies at first seizure. Monotherapy was associated with a report of remission of seizures in 56 to 75 percent of these patients, with lower rates in observational studies of real-world patients, mostly with a mixture of seizure types or epilepsy diagnoses. Rates of remission (seizure freedom) in general in newly diagnosed patients begun on AED monotherapy decrease over time, with 60 to 90 percent of patients in remission at 1 year, 30 to 60 percent at 2 years, and approximately 30 percent at 3 years. Patients are not "cured," but these studies suggest that seizure freedom for prolonged periods is possible with AED monotherapy. In most of these studies, there was no apparent difference in efficacy of AEDs. Only the side effect profiles of AEDs differed.

Polytherapy AED as a treatment intervention was unusual in newly diagnosed patients. In the eight studies that included any newly diagnosed patients with AED polytherapy, the proportions of such patients were low, ranging from 14 percent and 20 percent of all. One very small study (Penry, Dean, and Riela, 1989) reported a remission rate in six children on polytherapy (50 percent at 1 year). One interventional study of 622 adults at a Veterans Administration hospital (Smith, Mattson, Cramer, et al., 1987) reported a remission rate of 45 percent in newly diagnosed patients (n) receiving AED polytherapy (n=122) after first failing monotherapy. No studies reported dropout rates from side effects or from noncompliance or alterations in QoL associated with AED polytherapy.

In 15 studies, patients received no treatment: 8 after a first seizure, 2 at the time of a new diagnosis of epilepsy, 1 at first presentation, and 4 observational studies with "time zero" of diagnosis in the observation window. The durations within which patients remained with no treatment ranged from 2 weeks to 5.8 years. Remission rates with no treatment were highly variable; and given the many differences in patients across these studies, no conclusions can be drawn. These studies do underscore the fact, however, that some patients will do well without treatment. The difficulty is in identifying them.

Last, several studies were categorized as clinical/pharmacologic expertise studies. Clinical/pharmacologic expertise was defined as that expertise necessary for: (a) selecting optimal AEDs based on epilepsy diagnosis and patient characteristics, (b) adjusting drugs and dosages to reduce seizures, (c) monitoring and limiting adverse drug reactions and interactions, (d) monitoring patients' tolerance and compliance with particular drug regimens, (e) recognizing changes in seizure characteristics, and (f) ordering and interpreting appropriate laboratory tests based on knowledge of specific adverse events associated with different drugs. This was associated with epilepsy centers in 27 studies. In Atakli, Sozuer, Atay, et al., (1998), 35 of 40 misdiagnosed patients had, after correction of the diagnosis in an epilepsy center, their medications changed and became seizure free. In Grunewald, Chroni, and Panayiotopoulos (1992), inappropriate AEDs had been prescribed in 7 of 15 children prior to presentation to an epilepsy center. Furthermore, in Oller-Daurella and Oller (1991), a hospital-based study of adults, a shorter first seizure to treatment interval was associated with better remission durations, thus demonstrating that the timing of a correct diagnosis and treatment is also important to optimal patient management. There is considerable evidence for certain conditions, e.g., JME, that suggests that diagnosis and AED choice requires expertise. Seizure remission rates in studies categorized as clinical/pharmacologic expertise studies were high: in three observational studies, 79 percent of patients achieved remission, as did 84 percent of patients in the three interventional trials in this category.

There were no interventional or observational studies of any of the following treatment interventions: counseling, speech therapy, occupational therapy, physical therapy, education, or surgery in newly diagnosed patients.

In summary, the evidence supports the notion that optimal patient care would include access to health care professionals who are experts in the choice and timing of initial AED monotherapy, but it does not describe the training or experience of such caregivers. The shorter the interval from first seizure to diagnosis and initiation of treatment, the better. Although most studies reporting remission rates reported results ranging from 35 to 60 percent, the highest remission rates (79 to 84 percent) were reported in studies categorized with clinical/pharmacologic expertise. There is some evidence suggesting that clinical/pharmacologic expertise minimizes misdiagnoses, with resulting mistakes in choosing AEDs.

Optimal outcomes (Evidence Tables 10 and 10a) were explicitly or implicitly defined in terms of seizure frequency in 15 observational and 26 interventional studies. Interestingly, an optimal outcome was always defined as no seizures, but the requisite time period to maintain that goal varied widely (<3 months up to 2 years), suggesting lack of consensus as to what is an optimal outcome for newly diagnosed patients. Far less often (Aikia, Kalviainen, Sivenius, et al., 1992; Camfield, Camfield, Dooley, et al., 1985; Kalviainen, Aikia, Saukkonen, et al., 1995), the occurrence of a stipulated number of side effects was also reported as part of a definition of an optimal outcome. In all three studies that included side effects in the definition of "optimal," the optimal number of side effects was zero. Compliance, QoL, and costs were never noted as components of a definition of optimal patient outcomes.

Key Questions

1. What elements (expertise, services, and tests) may be needed to make the first diagnosis and initiate and monitor optimal treatment? For the following tests (EEG -- standard, ambulatory, video, invasive; CT; MRI; lumbar puncture; blood tests), what is the cumulative contribution (in order of increasing invasiveness and cost) of each of the interventions to the accurate diagnosis of patients presenting with a first diagnosis?

This question needs to be considered in terms of whether it is after the first seizure or after the first epilepsy diagnosis, which requires at least two seizures in most diagnostic systems. Unfortunately, results of specific tests were reported quantitatively too infrequently to permit a quantitative assessment of cumulative contribution to accurate diagnosis.

However, the literature suggests, several factors predictive of prognosis which can be used to make a first diagnosis and treatment decision. There are 21 studies in the database (Evidence Table 11) that stated as a primary objective the purpose of assessing the predictive ability of various interventions and/or clinical signs and symptoms. Although there are a few notable exceptions, these reports typically represent observational studies of populations of patients of all ages and both genders with both generalized and partial seizures who are receiving AED therapy and followed for several years. These studies each assessed a different set of predictive factors, mostly after first diagnosis. Only 3 of the following reports were in cohorts followed after the first seizure (Hauser, Rich, Annegers, et al., 1990; Luhdorf, Jensen, and Plesner, 1986; Shinnar, Berg, Moshe, et al., 1996).

The factors that appear to be consistently associated with an increased risk of recurrence are the presence of remote symptomology (Aikia, Kalviainen, Mervaala, et al., 1999; Hauser, Rich, Annegers, et al., 1990; Shinnar, Berg, Moshe, et al., 1996), and the seizure frequency or type (partial has worse prognosis) (Aikia, Kalviainen, Mervaala, et al., 1999; Arts, Geerts, Brouwer, et al., 1999; Camfield, Camfield, Dooley, et al., 1985a; Camfield, Camfield, Smith et al., 1985b; Casetta, Granieri, Monetti, et al., 1999; Cockerell, Johnson, Sander, et al., 1997; Holt-Seitz, Wirrell, and Sundaram, 1999). Patient age at first seizure was predictive in three studies (Aikia, Kalviainen, Mervaala, et al., 1999; Casetta, Granieri, Monetti, et al., 1999; Cockerall, Johnson, Sander, et al., 1997). A family history of epilepsy denoted increased risk in only one of these studies (Hauser, Rich Annegers, et al., 1990). An abnormal interictal EEG (paroxysmal) was found predictive in four studies (Camfield, Camfield, Smith et al., 1985b; Hauser, Rich, Annegers, et al., 1990; Holt-Seitz, Wirrell, and Sundaram, 1999; Luhdorf, Jensen, and Plesner, 1986). An abnormal neuropsychiatric examination denoted increased risk in two studies (Aikia, Kalviainen, Mervaala, et al., 1999; Camfield, Camfield, Dooley, et al., 1985a). An abnormal MRI examination (i.e., the presence of hippocampal sclerosis) was associated with an increased risk of intractability in one study (Van Paesschen, Duncan, Stevens, et al., 1997). The lack of more studies reporting imaging abnormalities (either CT or MRI) is probably because most studies in this database targeted patients with idiopathic or cryptogenic epilepsy. Patients with tumors, strokes, and central nervous system (CNS) infections were typically excluded at the outset. The type of AED was found not to be a predictive factor for recurrence in four studies (Camfield, Camfield, Dooley, et al., 1985a, retrospective; Camfield, Camfield, Smith et al., 1985b, prospective; Casetta, Granieri, Monetti, et al., 1999; Hauser, Rich Annegers, et al., 1990). One study found that subtherapeutic blood levels of AED were predictive of recurrence, regardless of type of AED (Luhdorf, Jensen and Plesner, 1986), yet in another study, drug levels made no difference with regard to recurrence (Camfield, Camfield, Smith et al., 1985 - prospective). Discontinuation of AEDs (patient noncompliance) was associated with an increased risk in one study (Holt-Seitz, Wirrell, and Sundaram, 1999).

Two studies assessed recurrence risk in treated and untreated patients. Shinnar, Berg, Moshe, et al., (1996) reported on 407 children after a first unprovoked seizure (i.e., not yet with a diagnosis of epilepsy) and found no difference in recurrence whether they were treated with AEDs or not -- 69 percent of recurrences happened in the first 6 months, and the median time to recurrence was 5.7 months. Camfield, Camfield, Dooley, et al., (1985a - retrospective), however, reported in a study of 168 children with a first diagnosis that 55 percent on AEDs recurred and 45 percent of untreated patients recurred. Given this was a retrospective observational study, the influence of patient factors on decisions to treat was not measured. Recurrence with and without treatment is therefore uninterpretable because of possible patient selection bias.

  • What is the positive and negative predictive value of each test alone?
    There are insufficient data to answer this question.

  • In what instances do additional tests add little useful information? Is there evidence that not applying particular tests will lead to incorrect diagnosis, negative health, or negative psychosocial outcomes? Are these tests useful for all patients undergoing first diagnosis or for only particular subpopulations? Which components of the patient's history are necessary to accurately diagnosis the first seizure?

The core elements of a workup for patients not yet diagnosed include a complete history, focusing on details that are likely not only to permit a correct diagnosis of epilepsy, but also to predict an increased likelihood of recurrence. The chief elements in this category are remote symptomology, any clues to a secondary cause of seizures, and a detailed description of the seizures, including number prior to presentation. Details suggesting a focal component must be elicited. A physical examination including neuropsychiatric assessment as a component of the diagnostic workup is also supported by the evidence, in that abnormalities may be predictive of recurrence as well as indicate secondary causes of seizures. A standard EEG is necessary for diagnosis. The specific experience and training of providers required to successfully implement the diagnostic workup is not covered in this literature, although the value of clinical/pharmacologic expertise is supported.

Absence seizures are diagnosed by a characteristic history and EEG. In patients with JME, the diagnosis is established by a suggestive history with a normal EEG. In the elderly with new seizures, a CT and EEG are more often abnormal than in younger patients presenting with seizures. In newly diagnosed patients, video EEG is useful in the very young and in those with poorly described and frequent events.

The use of additional tests remains discretionary as measures to rule out clinically suspected secondary causes of seizures, such as tumor, infection, or stroke. These examinations will be unlikely to provide additional information with regard to a diagnosis of epilepsy per se.

Except for video EEG, there is no evidence in the published literature to suggest that not applying the additional tests noted above will lead to an incorrect diagnosis or negative health or psychosocial outcomes. This falls into the realm of common sense medical wisdom, but without literature support.

2. What criteria should be used to guide decisions regarding the timing and selection of treatments for patients undergoing first diagnosis?

The core elements described above for Question 1 are the criteria that should be used to guide decisions regarding timing and selection of treatments in newly diagnosed patients. Patients judged to have a low likelihood of seizure recurrence on the basis of the results of the core workup may well be followed after a first seizure without initiating AEDs. These would include patients in whom no secondary causes of seizures are likely (e.g., no tumors, strokes, infections, etc.) and with no remote symptomology, no sign of focality in the description of the seizures, only one seizure prior to presentation, a completely normal general and neuropsychiatric examination, and a normal interictal EEG. Should a second seizure occur, a decision to initiate AEDs would need to be reconsidered.

As for the selection of treatments, there is no convincing published evidence that one AED is more efficacious than another for most, but not all, epilepsy syndromes. Monotherapy, as opposed to drug combinations, is generally utilized as a first option in the literature. Side effect profiles (reasonably well supported in the literature), QoL (poorly supported in the literature), and costs (poorly supported in the literature) may all inform choice of AEDs. Also, special population issues, such as women's issues, especially with regard to AED teratogenicity, may influence AED decisions. Since the predictive models cited above also show that noncompliance with AEDs is associated with an increased risk of recurrence, consideration of the particular features of the plethora of old and new AEDs, as well as patient support services that are likely to improve compliance, are important considerations in AED choice.

3. Which interventions are necessary to adequately monitor patients on their first epileptic drug regimen to ensure that the first diagnosis was correct? For what period of time should this monitoring occur? Should such monitoring be routine or prompted by particular symptoms/events?

The scarcity of the literature on the subject of patient monitoring does not permit conclusions about the necessary and appropriate interventions for patients on their first AED. A role for blood test monitoring for the occurrence of both predictable and idiosyncratic hematologic and chemical abnormalities is supported. These side effects (e.g., aplastic anemia or liver enzyme elevation) are different for each AED and may not be expected to occur in the relatively small populations and short observation intervals typical of studies in the published literature. This evidence base could be enhanced by including literature broader than just studies of newly diagnosed patients. Yet, even if we were to include all relevant literature, the occurrence of extremely rare, but severe side effects, may still not be detected. Programs for monitoring real-world patients in large, long-term postmarketing surveillance studies would be needed and would supplement other forms of surveillance, such as the Food and Drug Administration MedWatch program.

Given the evidence cited above that compliance with AEDs may be an important predictor of successful control of seizures, interventions designed to ensure compliance are also important. The compliance measure noted in the literature most often was the performance of standard drug levels. As a compliance measure, this is controversial. Furthermore, there is little consistent evidence to support an association between therapeutic drug levels and seizure control, with some reports suggesting control is unrelated to drug levels and others suggesting it is related. Pill counting as a measure of compliance has been employed in only a few of the studies in this database, and its merit relative to drug levels, or patient diaries, has not been substantiated.

The role of standard EEG in monitoring after diagnosis, such as at the time of consideration of AED withdrawal, is not the subject of this report. The role of video and ambulatory EEG is confined to refining or changing an uncertain diagnosis or in preoperative evaluations for seizure surgery. When seizures are frequent and features are atypical or uncertain, these EEGs may well contribute information necessary to correct a misdiagnosis. The literature describing these EEGs appears confined to specialists in academic centers.

Evidence also supports the role of cognitive and behavioral testing in monitoring children on long-term AEDs. Furthermore, since the literature suggests that QoL may differ according to AED type and with the increasing focus in medicine on patient-centered outcomes, it would seem appropriate to monitor simply, but formally, in newly diagnosed patients after AED initiation.

The evidence does not provide a finite period of time in which monitoring of newly diagnosed patients should occur. Nor is there a consistent approach to the frequency of routine monitoring interventions supported by the literature. Most routine monitoring visits and standard drug levels applied to patients on studies in the literature occurred at 3- to 6-month intervals initially and then at increased intervals in subsequent years. There is nothing in the literature addressing which changes in patient status should prompt a nonroutine monitoring visit. Choice of necessary and appropriate monitoring, both routine and prompted, thus remains in the realm of medical practice, largely unsupported by the literature.

4. What aspects of clinical/pharmacologic expertise have been demonstrated to result in optimal patient outcomes (maximum reduction of seizure frequency with minimal side effects)?

Presently, it should be recognized that the definition of optimal patient outcomes is unidimensional in the literature. The single dimension is seizures. The optimal number is generally considered to be zero, but the minimum interval of time in which no seizures should occur is surprisingly variable, ranging from a few weeks to several years. Side effects, health care utilization, or costs are not a dimension of most definitions of optimal outcomes. QoL also was not a feature of optimal outcomes in any studies, and only two studies used a specific instrument. Readers may find more QoL information in recent reviews (Devinsky, Vickrey, Cramer, et al., 1995, Kline Leidy, Rentz, and Grace, 1998).

Clinical/pharmacologic expertise was defined as that expertise necessary for: (a) selecting optimal AEDs based on epilepsy diagnosis and patient characteristics, (b) adjusting drugs and dosages to reduce seizures, (c) monitoring and limiting adverse drug reactions and interactions, (d) monitoring patients' tolerance and compliance with particular drug regimens, (e) recognizing changes in seizure characteristics, and (f) ordering and interpreting appropriate laboratory tests based on knowledge of specific adverse events associated with different drugs. Also, appreciation of special issues of tailoring AEDs to specific patients, such as women of childbearing age, may be considered as part of clinical/pharmacologic expertise.

Since the nature and degree of experience and training necessary to obtain clinical/ pharmacologic expertise was not addressed in this literature, conclusions are not warranted as to which caregivers might have such expertise. Also, since few studies were led by primary care practitioners, there is a possible bias in these studies suggesting academic neurologists as the sole source of clinical/pharmacologic expertise. As in many other areas of medical practice, including cardiovascular interventions, surgical procedures, and cancer care, expertise and improved patient outcomes may be associated with increased volume of patients cared for. Since there are no studies in this review to prove such an association, we can only hypothesize that volume of practice may be a surrogate for both clinical/pharmacologic expertise and improved patient outcomes.

5. What is necessary for patients at the time of first diagnosis in terms of social services, counseling (regarding, for example, employment or driving), or assistance and information from the Epilepsy Foundation? Is there evidence demonstrating that counseling improves patient followup, compliance, or quality of life?

There is virtually nothing in this literature that speaks to the impact in newly diagnosed patients of either counseling or assistance from groups such as the Epilepsy Foundation. No literature demonstrates that counseling improves patient followup, compliance, or quality of life. The one study that touches on these issues is by McNelis, Musick, Austin, et al. (1998) which surveyed families of 63 children over 6 months from the time of a first seizure. They report that 17 to 38 percent were not satisfied with their health care at 6 months. Also, 41 to 74 percent of those interviewed reported they needed more information, and 24 to 65 percent needed support services. Although the evidence from only one study is sparse, it suggests an unmet need in the provision of health care services to these patients. The dearth of studies in the literature on this subject suggests a lack of research interest in this topic.

Limitations and Strengths of the Evidence Base

This systematic review has highlighted the many limitations of the literature addressing issues relevant to patients with newly diagnosed epilepsy. There are huge gaps in coverage of important topics, particularly diagnostic and monitoring interventions, and patient-centered and/or optimal outcomes. There is relatively little primary research in newly diagnosed patients, as evidenced by the enormous study attrition from the original search numbers (>13,000 citations) to the number of studies fully eligible for review (120). It is tempting to speculate in this, as in any body of literature, that the number of narrative reviews, commentaries, opinions, and anecdotal case reports is inversely proportional to the volume and rigor of the primary research in the field. Even among the studies that were eligible for inclusion in this review, the average evidence score was in the bottom 20 percent of possible scores. Among eligible studies, incomplete reporting was the rule rather than the exception. For example, in 42 studies with a diagnostic focus, sensitivity and specificity were present in only three.

Although a gold standard for epilepsy diagnosis has been lacking, a common standard based on basic clinical and EEG features is possible and should be used in all research studies. The literature is further weakened by basic term confusion: epilepsy and seizures are often used interchangeably. This makes it difficult to clearly separate evaluations of first seizures from epilepsy per se, which is critical, since the assessment and prognosis in each setting are quite different. With regard to seizure type, few studies described patterns of seizure onset to distinguish generalized from focal seizures. Furthermore, old epilepsy classification schemes are used, or none at all. Even "newly diagnosed" has many meanings in this literature. Although we have included studies of patients with first seizure, first presentation, and first diagnosis in this review, we are the first to acknowledge that these patients are not exactly equivalent. Patient populations are also not clearly defined with regard to primary (idiopathic) or secondary causes (e.g., tumors). How can we interpret and/or generalize any of the outcomes from such mixed population studies? Furthermore, this literature is not likely to be representative of the experience of most patients and most treating physicians, as this literature is derived mostly from academic hospital settings and is mostly from Europe. How should these results be generalized to the United States, where medical practice and patient demographics are likely to be quite different and much more variable?

The chief limitation of the review process, rather than the literature itself, is the fact that identifying studies relevant to the original questions was so difficult. Judgment calls were required uncomfortably often. We are cognizant of the potential criticism that we excluded potentially relevant studies. These include studies of patients without epilepsy, but with conditions that might pose obstacles to correct diagnosis, such as studies limited to patients with psychogenic seizures or pseudoseizures. Also, as noted previously, we excluded studies specifically addressing diagnostic interventions made after an original diagnosis and intended to correct a misdiagnosis or to refine an uncertain diagnosis. These studies are of interest but were judged tangential to the main focus of this review. We strove to define newly diagnosed patients more narrowly than others might in order to keep patient populations in the final database as comparable as possible.

A further limitation is that information about how to manage newly diagnosed patients does not often come from published studies. For example, since AED pharmacokinetic data is not typically generated in newly diagnosed patients, what is its applicability to this population? Also, it is widely accepted that blood monitoring needs to be done for specific AEDs to monitor for rare idiosyncratic events. This is known from evaluating hundreds of thousands of real-world patients, not just the thousands who are represented in the published literature. Literature alone cannot be used to support criteria for optimal patient management.

Despite these limitations, this evidence base should be considered as representing the best available evidence at this time. The patients represented include adults, children, and the elderly, men and women. A substantial proportion of this literature represents observational reports from real-world settings. Multiple stakeholders have had a voice in this review. It is a systematic, comprehensive, and current snapshot of a literature that is evolving. It is now organized in such as way as to be updatable and expandable to include other data elements or other patient populations of interest. Lastly, the approach to developing a matrix framework of patients and services, with a systematic review of the evidence addressing each patient-service intersect of the matrix, provides a useful model for assessing health care services for other low-prevalence, highly chronic conditions.

Chapter 4. Conclusions

The current literature can only partially assist in answering questions as to the appropriate and necessary health care interventions pertinent to the diagnosis, monitoring, and treatment of patients with newly diagnosed epilepsy. The evidence base can be efficiently updated as the literature evolves and/or expanded to include other patient populations and/or data elements not captured in the original scope of work. Although the development of practice guidelines or specific clinical recommendations was beyond the scope of this project, this evidence base may be a useful starting point for health care providers in the development of strategies and algorithms to guide the management of patients with a first diagnosis of epilepsy. Knowing what we do and do not know is of value. This work should provide guidance for researchers to generate new and better data to fill the information gaps discovered during the review.

Chapter 5. Future Research in Newly Diagnosed Patients

It is clear from this review of the literature addressing newly diagnosed patients that more research is needed to answer basic questions of diagnosis, monitoring, and treatment. This new research can be categorized as better studies and more studies. In the better studies category, we suggest the following:

  1. All future diagnostic studies should measure and report sensitivity and specificity. This will require that a gold standard for diagnosis be agreed on. At this time, it seems this gold standard should be a clinical/EEG standard according to the latest ILAE classification scheme.

  2. Treatment trials should use common terminology, e.g., distinguishing seizures from epilepsy and defining "newly diagnosed" in a common way, enrolling "pure" populations of patients with unprovoked seizures, and using common definitions of "optimum" outcomes inclusive of both seizures and side effects domains.

  3. Treatment trials should use a core set of efficacy outcomes that are comparable across trials, e.g. seizure remission rates, time to recurrence, mean number of seizures per patient per unit of time, and time to remission.

  4. Treatment trials need to report more often the efficacy, safety, and compliance associated with AEDs, in the long term.

  5. All new trials should include "patient-centered" outcomes whenever appropriate, e.g., QoL, health care utilization measures, and the economic impact of interventions. Different research methods may be required to optimally study these outcomes.

In the more studies category, we suggest:

  1. Studies relating the volume of practice (as a hypothesized surrogate for clinical/pharmacologic expertise) to patient outcomes. These would include studies of the consequences of delayed diagnosis or misdiagnosis on outcomes.

  2. Studies of the individual components of clinical/pharmacologic expertise to determine which of these components may or may not affect patient outcomes and which are related to volume of practice.

  3. Studies based outside of academic/epilepsy centers (e.g., community-based studies) that would better capture populations with new onset epilepsy and would include other caregivers besides academic neurologists.

  4. Studies of the impact of patient counseling, education, and support interventions on patient outcomes.

  5. Studies of the impact of both old and newer (e.g., Internet based) patient monitoring methods on patient outcomes.

Journal editors and reviewers should solicit and give preference to such studies, as well as raise the standard for the type of material acceptable for publication. More commentaries, opinions, narrative reviews, and anecdotes are not going to advance the field.

Evidence Tables

Evidence Table Acronyms

2x2'sdata tables amenable to computations of sensitivity and specificity
AEDantiepileptic drug
CTcomputed tomography
DAEdiscontinuation due to adverse event
DNCdiscontinuation due to noncompliance
Dxdiagnosis
ECTelectroconvulsive therapy
EEGelectroencephalogram
expexpertise
GTCgeneralized tonic clonic
ILAEInternational League Against Epilepsy
LPlumbar puncture
MRImagnetic resonance imaging
neuropsychneuropsychiatric
NPVnegative predictive value
NRnot reported
NSnot specified
OToccupational therapy
PETpositron emission tomography
pharmpharmacologic
PPVpositive predictive value
PTphysical therapy
QoLquality of life
Rrepeated
RCTrandomized controlled trial
Rxtreatment
sophsophisticated
SPECTsingle-photon emission computed tomography
stdstandard
T0time zero
XScross-sectional
References
Aikia M, Kalviainen R, Mervaala E, et al. Predictors of seizure outcome in newly diagnosed partial epilepsy: Memory performance as a prognostic factor Epilepsy Res 1999. 37:(2):159167. [PubMed].
Aikia M, Kalviainen R, Riekkinen PJ. Verbal learning and memory in newly diagnosed partial epilepsy Epilepsy Res 1995. 22:(2):157164. [PubMed].
Aikia M, Kalviainen R, Sivenius J, et al. Cognitive effects of oxcarbazepine and phenytoin monotherapy in newly diagnosed epilepsy: One year follow-up Epilepsy Res 1992. 11:(3):199203. [PubMed].
Altunbasak S, Biatmakoui F, Baytok V, et al. Serum and hair zinc levels in epileptic children taking valproic acid Biol Trace Elem Res 1997. 58:(1-2):117125. [PubMed].
Ambrosetto G, Giovanardi RP, Tassinari CA. Predictive factors of seizure frequency and duration of antiepileptic treatment in rolandic epilepsy: A retrospective study Brain Dev 1987. 9:(3):3004. [PubMed].
Andrewes DG, Bullen JG, Tomlinson L, et al. A comparative study of the cognitive effects of phenytoin and carbamazepine in new referrals with epilepsy Epilepsia 1986. 27:(2):128134. [PubMed].
Anzola GP. Predictivity of plasma prolactin levels in differentiating epilepsy from pseudoseizures: A prospective study Epilepsia 1993. 34:(6):10448. [PubMed].
Arteaga R, Herranz JL, Armijo JA. Platelet GABA-transaminase in epileptic children: Influence of epilepsy and anticonvulsants Epilepsy Res 1993. 14:(1):7385. [PubMed].
Arts WF, Geerts AT, Brouwer OF, et al. The early prognosis of epilepsy in childhood: The prediction of a poor outcome. The Dutch study of epilepsy in childhood Epilepsia 1999. 40:(6):72634. [PubMed].
Atakli D, Sozuer D, Atay T, et al. Misdiagnosis and treatment in juvenile myoclonic epilepsy Seizure 1998. 7:(1):636. [PubMed].
Austin J, Dunn D, Huster G, et al. Development of scales to measure psychosocial care needs of children with seizures and their parents J Neurosci Nurs 1998. 30:(3):15560. [PubMed].
Austin JK. Concerns and fears of children with seizures. Clin Nurs Practice Epilepsy. 1993; 1: 46.
Baker GA, Nashef L, van Hout BA. Current issues in the management of epilepsy: The impact of frequent seizures on cost of illness, quality of life, and mortality Epilepsia 1997. 38:(Suppl 1):18.
Bawden HN, Camfield CS, Camfield PR, et al. The cognitive and behavioural effects of clobazam and standard monotherapy are comparable Epilepsy Res 1999. 33:(2-3):13343. [PubMed].
Bawden HN, Camfield CS, Camfield PR, et al. The cognitive and behavioral effects of clobazam and standard monotherapy are comparable. Canadian Study Group for Childhood Epilepsy. Epilepsy Res. 1999; 33: 13343. [PubMed]
Beghi E, Tognoni G. Prognosis of epilepsy in newly referred patients: A multicenter prospective study Collaborative Group for the Study of Epilepsy Epilepsia 1988. 29:(3):23643.
Begley CE, Famulari M, Annegers JF, et al. The cost of epilepsy in the United States: An estimate from population-based clinical and summary data Epilepsia 2000. 41:(3):34251. [PubMed].
Beilmann A, Napa A, Soot A, et al. Prevalence of childhood epilepsy in Estonia Epilepsia 1999. 40:(7):10119. [PubMed].
Berg AT, Shinnar S, Levy SR, et al. Newly diagnosed epilepsy in children: Presentation at diagnosis Epilepsia 1999a. 40:(4):44552. [PubMed].
Berg AT, Shinnar S, Levy SR, et al. Status epilepticus in children with newly diagnosed epilepsy Ann Neurol 1999b. 45:(5):61823. [PubMed].
Berg I, Butler A, Ellis M, et al. Psychiatric aspects of epilepsy in childhood treated with carbamazepine, phenytoin or sodium valproate: A random trial Dev Med Child Neurol 1993. 35:(2):14957. [PubMed].
Bill PA, Vigonius U, Pohlmann H, et al. A double-blind controlled clinical trial of oxcarbazepine versus phenytoin in adults with previously untreated epilepsy. Epilepsy Res. 1997; 27: 195204. [PubMed]
Bora I, Seckin B, Zarifoglu M, et al. Risk of recurrence after first unprovoked tonic-clonic seizure in adults J Neurol 1995. 242:(3):15763. [PubMed].
Borah NC, Matheshwari MC. Effect of antiepileptic drugs on short-latency somatosensory evoked potentials Acta Neurol Scand 1985. 71:(4):3313. [PubMed].
Braathen G, Theorell K. A general hospital population of childhood epilepsy Acta Paediatri 1995. 84:(10):11436.
Brodie MJ, Richens A, Yuen AW. Double-blind comparison of lamotrigine and carbamazepine in newly diagnosed epilepsy. UK Lamotrigine/Carbamazepine Monotherapy Trial Group Lancet 1995. 345:(8948):4769. [PubMed].
Brouwer OF, van Donselaar CA, Stroink H, et al. The Dutch study of epilepsy in childhood: Design of the study Epilepsia 1995. 36:Suppl 3:.
Buckner FS, Eschbach JW, Haley NR, et al. Hypertension following erythropoietin therapy in anemic hemodialysis patients Am J Hypertens 1990. 3:(12):94755. [PubMed].
Bye A, Lamont P, Healy L. Commencement of a pediatric EEG-video telemetry service. Clin Exp Neurol. 1990; 27: 8388. [PubMed]
Callaghan N, Garrett A, Goggin T. Withdrawal of anticonvulsant drugs in patients free of seizures for two years. A prospective study N Engl J Med 1988. 318:(15):9426. [PubMed].
Callaghan N, Kenny RA, O'Neill B, et al. A prospective study between carbamazepine, phenytoin and sodium valproate asmonotherapy in previously untreated and recently diagnosed patients with epilepsy. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 1985; 48: 63944. [PubMed]
Camfield PR, Camfield CS, Dooley JM, et al. Epilepsy after a first unprovoked seizure in childhood Neurolgy 1985a. 35:(11):165760.
Camfield PR, Camfield CS, Smith EC, et al. Newly treated childhood epilepsy: A prospective study of recurrences and side effects Neurology 1985b. 35:(5):7225. [PubMed].
Camfield PR, Camfield CS, Gordon K, et al. If a first antiepileptic drug fails to control a child's epilepsy, what are the chances of success with the next drug? J Pediatr 1997. 131:(6):8214. [PubMed].
Clobazam has equivalent efficacy to carbamazepine and phenytoin as monotherapy for childhood eplepsy Epilepsia 1998. 39:(9):9529. [PubMed].
Caplan L, editor. Should single epileptic seizures be treated? Eur Neurol. 1994; 34: 18692. [PubMed]
Carenini L, Bottacchi E, Camerlingo M, et al. Carbamazepine does not affect short-latency somatosensory evoked potentials: A longitudinal study in newly diagnosed epilepsy Epilepsia 1988. 29:(2):1458. [PubMed].
Carpay HA, Arts WF, Geerts AT, et al. Epilepsy in childhood: An audit of clinical practice Arch Neurol 1998. 55:(5):66873. [PubMed].
Carpay JA, de Weerd AW, Schimsheimer RJ, et al. The diagnostic yield of a second EEG after partial sleep deprivation: A prospective study in children with newly diagnosed seizures Epilepsia 1997. 38:(5):5959. [PubMed].
Casetta I, Granieri E, Monetti VC, et al. Early predictors of intractability in childhood epilepsy: A community-based case-control study in Copparo, Italy Acta Neurol 1999. 99:(6):32933.
Chadwick D. Safety and efficacy of vigabatrin and carbamazepine in newly diagnosed epilepsy: A multicenter randomised double-blind study. Vigabatrin European Monotherapy Study Group Lancet 1999. 354:(9172):139. [PubMed].
Chadwick DW, Anhut H, Greiner MJ, et al. A double-blind trial of gabapentin monotherapy for newly diagnosed partial seizures. International Gabapentin Monotherapy Study Group Neurology 1998. 51:(5):12828. [PubMed].
Chandra B. First seizure in adults: To treat or not to treat? Clin Neurol Neurosurg 1992. 94:(Suppl):S61S63. [PubMed].
Chen LS, Mitchell WG, Horton EJ, et al. Clinical utility of video-EEG monitoring Pediatr Neurol 1995. 12:(3):2204. [PubMed].
Chen YJ, Kang WM, So WC. Comparison of antiepileptic drugs on cognitive function in newly diagnosed epileptic children: A psychometric and neurophysiological study Epilepsia 1996. 37:(1):816. [PubMed].
Christe W, Kramer G, Vigonius U, et al. A double-blind controlled clinical trial: Oxcarbazepine versus sodium valproate in adults with newly diagnosed epilepsy Epilepsy Res 1997. 26:(3):45160. [PubMed].
Chu NS. Long-term ambulatory cassette EEG with sphenoidal recording in complex partial seizures Epilepsia 1991. 32:(3):351357. [PubMed].
Cockerell OC, Johnson AL, Sander JW, et al. Mortality from epilepsy: Results from a prospective population-based study Lancet 1994. 344:(8927):91821. [PubMed].
Cockerell OC, Johnson AL, Sander JWAS, et al. Remission of epilepsy: Results from the National General Practice Study of Epilepsy. Lancet. 1995; 346: 1404. [PubMed]
Cockerell OC, Johnson AL, Sander JW, et al. Prognosis of epilepsy: A review and further analysis of the first nine years of the British National General Practice Study of Epilepsy, a prospective population-based study Epilepsia 1997. 38:(1):3146. [PubMed].
Prognosis of epilepsy in newly referred patients: A multicenter prospective study of the effects of monotherapy on the long-term course of epilepsy Epilepsia 1992. 33:(1):4551. [PubMed].
Cook DJ, Guyatt GH, Laupacis A, et al. Rules of evidence and clinical recommendations on the use of antithrombotic agents. Chest. 1992; 102: 30511.
Cramer JA, Smith DB, Mattson RH, et al. A method of quantification for the evaluation of antiepileptic drug therapy. The VA Epilepsy Cooperative Study Group Neurology 1983. 33:(Suppl 1):2637. [PubMed].
Crawford PM, Belchetz P, Davis C, et al. Growth hormone response to diazepam, clonidine and glucagon in patients with epilepsy Epilepsy Res 1989. 3:(1):639. [PubMed].
Cull RE. An assessment of 24-hour ambulatory EEG/ECG monitoring in a neurology clinic J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1985. 48:(2):10710. [PubMed].
Dam AM, Fuglsang-Frederiksen A, Svarre-Olsen U, et al. Late-onset epilepsy: Etiologies, types of seizure, and value of clinical investigation, EEG, and computerized tomography scan Epilepsia 1985. 26:(3):22731. [PubMed].
Dam M, Ekberg R, Loyning Y, et al. A double-blind study comparing oxcarbazepine and carbamazepine in patients with newly diagnosed, previously untreated epilepsy Epilepsy Res 1989. 3:(1):706. [PubMed].
Davidson DL, Ward NI. Abnormal aluminium, cobalt, manganese, strontium and zinc concentrations in untreated epilepsy Epilepsy Res 1988. 2:(5):32330. [PubMed].
De Deyn PP, Mol L, de Ridder-Vanderdeelen P, et al. An open multicentre prospective study of the effects of monotherapy with controlled-release carbamazepine on newly diagnosed generalized tonic-clonic seizures Seizure 1994. 3:(3):2358. [PubMed].
de Silva M, MacArdle B, McGowan M, et al. Randomized comparative monotherapy trial of phenobarbitone, phenytoin, carbamazepine, or sodium valproate for newly diagnosed childhood epilepsy Lancet 1996. 347:(9003):70913. [PubMed].
Devinsky O, Vickrey BG, Cramer J, et al. Development of the quality of life in epilepsy inventory Epilepsia 1995. 36:(11):1089104. [PubMed].
Di Mascio R, Beghi E, Sasaneilli F, et al. and the Collaborative Group for Epidemiology of Epilepsy. Early prognosis of epilepsy. Effects of treatment in the first follow-up year. Ital J Neurol Sci. 1986; 7: 4219. [PubMed]
Drake MEJ, Weate SJ, Newell SA, et al. Multiple sleep latency tests in epilepsy Clin Electroencephalogr 1994. 25:(2):5962. [PubMed].
Duchowny MS, Resnick TJ, Deray MJ, et al. Video EEG diagnosis of repetitive behavior in early childhood and its relationship to seizures Pediatr Neurol 1988. 4:(3):1624. [PubMed].
Ehrhardt P, Forsythe WI. Prognosis after grand mal seizures: A study of 187 children with three-year remissions Dev Med Child Neurol 1989. 31:(5):6339. [PubMed].
Elwes RD, Chesterman P, Reynolds EH. Prognosis after first untreated tonic-clonic seizure Lancet 1985(8458):7523.
Ferrarese C, Tortorella R, Bogliun G, et al. Decreased density of lymphocyte benzodiazepine receptors in drug-resistant epileptic patients Epilepsy Res 1997. 27:(3):1815. [PubMed].
Foley CM, Legido A, Miles DK, et al. Diagnostic value of pediatric outpatient video-EEG Pediatr Neurol 1995. 12:(2):1204. [PubMed].
Forsgren L. Prospective incidence study and clinical characterization of seizures in newly referred adults Epilepsia 1990. 31:(3):292301. [PubMed].
Forsgren L, Bucht G, Eriksson S, et al. Incidence and clinical characterization of unprovoked seizures in adults: A prospective population-based study Epilepsia 1996. 37:(3):2249. [PubMed].
Forsythe I, Butler R, Berg I, et al. Cognitive impairment in new cases of epilepsy randomly assigned to carbamazepine, phenytoin and sodium valproate Dev Med Child Neurol 1991. 33:(6):52434. [PubMed].
Frank LM, Enlow T, Holmes GL, et al. Lamictal (lamotrigine) monotherapy for typical absence seizures in children Epilepsia 1999. 40:(7):9739. [PubMed].
Frost JDJ, Hrachovy RA, Glaze DG, et al. Alpha rhythm slowing during initiation of carbamazepine therapy: Implications for future cognitive performance J Clin Neurophysiol 1995. 12:(1):5763. [PubMed].
Gastaut H, Aguglia U, Tinuper P. Benign versive or circling epilepsy with bilateral 3-CPS spike-and-wave discharges in late childhood Ann Neurol 1986. 19:(3):3013. [PubMed].
Gelisse P, Genton P, Bureau M, et al. Are there generalised spike waves and typical absences in benign rolandic epilepsy? Brain Dev 1999. 21:(6):3906. [PubMed].
Gilhus NE, Matre R. Carbamazepine effects on mononuclear blood cells in epileptic patients Acta Neurol Scand 1986. 74:(3):1815. [PubMed].
Gobbi G, Pini A, Bertani G, et al. Prospective study of first-line vigabatrin monotherapy in childhood partial epilepsies Epilepsy Res 1999. 35:(1):2937. [PubMed].
Grabow JD. Complementary roles of EEG and CT Postgrad Med 1985. 77:(4):20722. [PubMed].
Granieri E, Rosati G, Tola R, et al. A descriptive study of epilepsy in the district of Copparo, Italy, 1964-1978. Epilepsia. 1983; 24: 50214. [PubMed]
Grunewald RA, Chroni E, Panayiotopoulos CP. Delayed diagnosis of juvenile myoclonic epilepsy J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1992. 55:(6):4979. [PubMed].
Gunduz E, Demirbilek V, Korkmaz B. Benign rolandic epilepsy: Neuropsychological findings Seizure 1999. 8:(4):2469. [PubMed].
Hart YM, Sander JWAS, Shorvon SD. National General Practice Study of Epilepsy and Epileptic Seizures: Objectives and study methodology of the largest reported prospective cohort study of epilepsy. Neuroepidemiology. 1989; 8: 2217. [PubMed]
Hart YM, Sander JWAS, Johnson AL, et al. National General Practice Study of Epilepsy: Recurrence after a first seizure. Lancet. 1990; 336: 12714. [PubMed]
Harvey AS, Berkovic SF, Wrennall JA, et al. Temporal lobe epilepsy in childhood: Clinical, EEG, and neuroimaging findings and syndrome classification in a cohort with new-onset seizures Neurology 1997. 49:(4):9608. [PubMed].
Hauser WA, Anderson VE, Loewenson RB, et al. Seizure recurrence after a first unprovoked seizure. N Engl J Med. 1982; 307: 5228. [PubMed]
Hauser WA, Rich SS, Annegers JF, et al. Seizure recurrence after a first unprovoked seizure: An extended follow-up. Neurology. 1990; 40: 116370. [PubMed]
Hauser WA, Rich SS, Lee JR, et al. Risk of recurrent seizures after two unprovoked seizures N Engl J Med 1998. 338:(7):42934. [PubMed].
Living well with epilepsy: Report of the 1997 National Conference on Public Health and Epilepsy. CDC and NCCDPHP. 1998
Heller AJ, Chesterman P, Elwes RD, et al. Phenobarbitone, phenytoin, carbamazepine, or sodium valproate for newly diagnosed adult epilepsy: A randomised comparative monotherapy trial J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1995. 58:(1):4450. [PubMed].
Henneman PL, DeRoos F, Lewis RJ. Determining the need for admission in patients with new-onset seizures Ann Emerg Med 1994. 24:(6):11084. [PubMed].
Hoefnagels WA, Padb1erg GW, Overweg J, et al. Transient loss of consciousness: The value of the history for distinguishing seizure from syncope J Neurol 1991. 238:(1):3943. [PubMed].
Holt-Seitz A, Wirrell EC, Sundaram MB. Seizures in the elderly: Etiology and prognosis Can J Neuro Sci 1999. 26:(2):1104.
Hopkins A, Garmon A, Clarke C. The first seizure in adult life Lancet 1988. 1:(8588):7216. [PubMed].
Hughes JR, Gruener G. The success of EEG in confirming epilepsy -- Revisited Clin Electroencephalogr 1985. 16:(2):98103. [PubMed].
Isojarvi JI, Airaksinen KE, Mustonen JN, et al. Thyroid and myocardial function after replacement of carbamazepine by oxcarbazepine Epilepsia 1995. 36:(8):8106. [PubMed].
Isojarvi JI, Pakarinen AJ, Myllyla VV. Serum lipid levels during carbamazepine medication. Arch Neurol. 1993; 50: 5903. [PubMed]
Isojarvi JI, Pakarinen AJ, Myllyla VV. Basic hematological parameters, serum gamma-glutamyl-transferase activity, and erythrocyte folate and serum vitamin B12 levels during carbamazepine and oxcarbazepine therapy. Seizure. 1997; 6: 20711. [PubMed]
Isojarvi JI, Pakarinen AJ, Myllyla VV. Thyroid function in epileptic patients treated with carbamazepine. Arch Neurol. 1989; 46: 11758. [PubMed]
Jadad AR, Moore A, Carroll D, et al. Assessing the quality of reports of randomized controlled trials: Is blinding necessary? Controlled Clin Trials. 1996; 17: 112. [PubMed]
Jallon P, Goumaz M, Haenggeli C, et al. Incidence of first epileptic seizures in the canton of Geneva, Switzerland Epilepsia 1997. 38:(5):54752. [PubMed].
Kalviainen R, Aikia M, Helkala EL, et al. Memory and attention in newly diagnosed epileptic seizure disorder Seizure 1992. 1:(4):25562. [PubMed].
Kalviainen R, Aikia M, Saukkonen AM, et al. Vigabatrin vs carbamazepine monotherapy in patients with newly diagnosed epilepsy. A randomized, controlled study Arch Neurol 1995. 52:(10):98996. [PubMed].
Kalviainen R, Halonen T, Pitkanen A, et al. Amino acid levels in the cerebrospinal fluid of newly diagnosed epileptic patients: Effect of vigabatrin and carbamazepine monotherapies J Neurochem 1993. 60:(4):124450. [PubMed].
Kalviainen R, Partanen K, Aikia M, et al. MRI-based hippocampal volumetry and T2 relaxometry: Correlation to verbal memory performance in newly diagnosed epilepsy patients with left-sided temporal lobe focus Neurology 1997. 48:(1):2867. [PubMed].
Keranen T, Riekkinen PJ. Remission of seizures in untreated epilepsy Br Med J 1993. 307:(6902):.
Kilpatrick CJ, Tress BM, O'Donnell C, et al. Magnetic resonance imaging and late-onset epilepsy Epilepsia 1991. 32:(3):35864. [PubMed].
King MA, Newton MR, Berkovic SF. Benign partial seizures of adolescence Epilepsia 1999. 40:(9):12447. [PubMed].
King MA, Newton MR, Jackson GD, et al. Epileptology of the first-seizure presentation: A clinical, electroencephalographic, and magnetic resonance imaging study of 300 consecutive patients Lancet 1998. 352:(9133):100711. [PubMed].
Kline Leidy N, Rentz AM, Grace EM. Evaluating health-related quality of life outcomes in clinical trials of antiepileptic drug therapy Epilepsia 1998. 39:(9):96577. [PubMed].
Konishi T, Naganuma Y, Hongou K, et al. Effects of antiepileptic drugs on EEG background activity in children with epilepsy: Initial phase of therapy Clin Electroencephalogr 1995. 26:(2):113119. [PubMed].
Kun LN, Ling LW, Wah YW, et al. Epidemiologic study of epilepsy in young Singaporean men Epilepsia 1999. 40:(10):13847. [PubMed].
Larkin JG, McKee PJ, Brodie MJ. Rapid tolerance to acute psychomotor impairment with carbamazepine in epileptic patients Br J Clin Pharmacol 1992. 33:(1):1114. [PubMed].
Lee SI. Nonconvulsive status epilepticus. Ictal confusion in later life Arch Neurol 1985. 42:(8):77881. [PubMed].
Luhdorf K, Jensen LK, Plesner AM. Epilepsy in the elderly: Prognosis Acta Neurol Scand 1986. 74:(5):40915. [PubMed].
Mandelbaum DE, Burack GD. The effect of seizure type and medication on cognitive and behavioral functioning in children with idiopathic epilepsy Dev Med Child Neurol 1997. 39:(11):7315. [PubMed].
Marciani MG, Maschio MC, Spanedda F, et al. Sodium valproate and mental processes in newly referred epileptic patients. A computerized EEG study Neuropsychobiology 1995. 31:(4):2105. [PubMed].
Martinovic Z, Jovic N. Seizure recurrence after a first generalized tonic-clonic seizure, in children, adolescents and young adults Seizure 1997. 6:(6):4615. [PubMed].
Mattson RH, Cramer JA, Collins JF. A comparison of valproate with carbamazepine for the treatment of complex partial seizres and secondarily eneralized tonic-clonic seizures in adults N Engl J Med 1992. 327:(11):76571. [PubMed].
McNelis A, Musick B, Austin J, et al. Psychosocial care needs of children with new-onset seizures J Neurosci Nurs 1998. 30:(3):1615. [PubMed].
Mervaala E, Keranen T, Tiihonen P, et al. The effects of carbamazepine and sodium valproate on SEPs and BAEPs Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol 1987. 68:(6):4758. [PubMed].
Mohan KK, Markand ON, Salanova V. Diagnostic utility of video EEG monitoring in paroxysmal events Acta Neurol Scand 1996. 94:(5):3205. [PubMed].
Mulrow C, Cook DJ, Davidoff F. Systematic reviews: Critical links in the great chain of evidence Ann Intern Med 1997. 126:(5):38991. [PubMed].
Mulrow CD, Oxman AD editors. Cochrane Collaboration Handbook (updated December 9, 1996). The Cochrane Collaboration. 1997; 1: .
Murray CJ, Lopez AD. Global Health Statistics: A compendium of incidence, prevalence, and mortality estimates for over 200 conditions. World Health Organization. 1996: 6101.
Musicco M. Randomized clinical trial on the efficacy of antiepileptic drugs in reducing the risk of relapse after a first unprovoked tonic-clonic seizure. Neurology. 1993; 43: 47883. [PubMed]
Musicco M, Beghi E, Solari A, et al. Treatment of first tonic-clonic seizure does not improve the prognosis of epilepsy. First Seizure Trial Group Neurology 1997. 49:(4):9918. [PubMed].
Neufeld MY, Treves TA, Chistik V, et al. Sequential serum creatine kinase determination differentiates vaso-vagal syncope from generalized tonic-clonic seizures Acta Neurol Scand 1997. 95:(3):1379. [PubMed].
O'Dougherty M, Wright FS, Cox S, et al. Carbamazepine plasma concentration. Relationship to cognitive impairment Arch Neurol 1987. 44:(8):8637. [PubMed].
Oka E, Yamatogi Y, Ohtsuka Y, et al. Clinical course and prognosis of childhood epilepsy Acta Paediatr Jpn 1989. 31:(3):25966. [PubMed].
Olafson E, Hauser WA. Prevalence of epilepsy in rural Iceland: A population-based study Epilepsia 1999. 40:(11):152934. [PubMed].
Oldani A, Zucconi M, Smirne S, et al. The neurophysiological evaluation of nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy Seizure 1998. 7:(4):31720. [PubMed].
Oller-Daurella L, Oller LF. Influence of the "lost time" on the outcome of epilepsy Eur Neurol 1991. 31:(3):1757. [PubMed].
Onsurbe Ramirez I, Hernandez Rodriguez M, Aparicio Meix JM, et al. Incidence of epilepsy and epileptic syndromes in children in the province of Albacete An Esp Pediatr 1999. 51:(2):1548. [PubMed].
Panayiotopoulos CP, Chroni E, Daskalopoulos C, et al. Typical absence seizures in adults: Clinical, EEG, video-EEGfindings and diagnostic/syndromic considerations J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1992. 55:(11):10028. [PubMed].
Panayiotopoulos CP, Tahan R, Obeid T. Juvenile myoclonic epilepsy: Factors of error involved in the diagnosis and treatment Epilepsia 1991. 32:(5):672676. [PubMed].
Pedersen SB, Petersen KA. Juvenile myoclonic epilepsy: Clinical and EEG features Acta Neurol Scand 1998. 97:(3):1603. [PubMed].
Penry JK, Dean JC, Riela AR. Juvenile myoclonic epilepsy: Long-term response to therapy Epilepsia 1989. 30:(Suppl 4):S19S23.
Prevey ML, Delaney RC, Cramer JA, et al. Complex partial and secondarily generalized seizure patients: Cognitive functioning prior to treatment with antiepileptic medication. VA Epilepsy Cooperative Study 264 Group Epilepsy Res 1998. 30:(1):19. [PubMed].
Prevey ML, Delaney RC, Cramer JA, et al. Effect of valproate on cognitive functioning Arch Neurol 1996. 53:(10):100816. [PubMed].
Pulliainen V, Jokelainen M. Comparing the cognitive effects of phenytoin and carbamazepine in long-term monotherapy: A two-year follow-up Epilepsia 1995. 36:(12):1195202. [PubMed].
Pulliainen V, Jokelainen M. Effects of phenytoin and carbamazepine on cognitive functions in newly diagnosed epileptic patients Acta Neurol Scand 1994. 89:(2):816. [PubMed].
Reutens DC, Berkovic SF. Idiopathic generalized epilepsy of adolescence: Are the syndromes clinically distinct? Neurology 1995. 45:(8):146976. [PubMed].
Richens A, Davidson DL, Cartlidge NE, Easter DJ. A multicenter comparative trial of sodium valproate and carbamazepine in adult onset epilepsy. Adult EPITEG Collaborative Group J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1994. 57:(6):6827. [PubMed].
Ring HA, Heller AJ, Marshall WJ, et al. Plasma uric acid in patients receiving anticonvulsant monotherapy Epilepsy Res 1991. 8:(3):2414. [PubMed].
Roberts R, Fitch P. Monitoring at the National Hospital, Queen Square, London Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol 1985. 37:(Suppl):42336.
Sacks HS, Berrier J, Reitman D, et al. Meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. N Engl J Med. 1987; 316: 4505. [PubMed]
Sander JW, Hart YM, Johnson AL, et al. National General Practice Study of Epilepsy: Newly diagnosed epileptic seizures in a general population Lancet 1990. 336:(8726):126771. [PubMed].
Sannita WG, Gervasio L, Zagnoni P. Quantitative EEG effects and plasma concentration of sodium valproate: Acute and long-term administration to epileptic patients Neuropsychobiology 1989. 22:(4):2315. [PubMed].
Saukkonen A, Kalviainen R, Partanen K, et al. Do seizures cause neuronal damage? A MRI study in newly diagnosed and chronic epilepsy Neuroreport 1994. 6:(1):21923. [PubMed].
Sawhney IM, Singh A, Kaur P, et al. A case control study and one year of follow-up of registered epilepsy cases in a resettlement colony of North India, a developing tropical country J Neurol Sci 1999. 165:(1):315. [PubMed].
Sharpe C, Buchanan N. Juvenile myoclonic epilepsy: Diagnosis, management and outcome Med J Aust 1995. 162:(3):1334. [PubMed].
Shihabuddin B, Abou-Khalil B, Fakhoury T. The value of combined ambulatory cassette-eeg and video monitoring in the differential diagnosis of intractable seizures Clin Neurophysiol 1999. 110:(8):14527. [PubMed].
Shinnar S, Berg AT, Moshe SL, et al. The risk of seizure recurrence after a first unprovoked afebrile seizure in childhood: An extended follow-up Pediatrics 1996. 98:(2):21625. [PubMed].
Shinnar S, Berg AT, Moshe SL, et al. Risk of seizure recurrence following a first unprovoked seizure in childhood: A prospective study Pediatrics 1990. 85:(6):107685. [PubMed].
Shinnar S, Kang H, Berg AT, et al. EEG abnormalities in children with a first unprovoked seizure Epilepsia 1994. 35:(3):4716. [PubMed].
Shore C, Austin J, Musick B, et al. Psychosocial care needs of parents of children with new-onset seizures J Neurosci Nurs 1998. 30:(3):16974. [PubMed].
Smith DB, Mattson RH, Cramer JA, et al. Results of a nationwide Veterans Administration Cooperative Study comparing the efficacy and toxicity of carbamazepine, phenobarbital, phenytoin, and primidone Epilepsia 1987. 28:Suppl 3:S50S58. [PubMed].
Sperling MR, Engel JJ. Electroencephalographic recording from the temporal lobes: A comparison of ear, anterior temporal, and nasopharyngeal electrodes Ann Neurol 1985. 17:(5):5103. [PubMed].
Stefan H, Plouin P, Fichsel H, et al. Progabide for previously untreated absence epilepsy Epilepsy Res 1988. 2:(2):1326. [PubMed].
Steiner TJ, Dellaportas CL, Findley LJ, et al. Lamotrigine monotherapy in newly diagnosed untreated epilepsy: A double-blind comparison with phenytoin Epilepsia 1999. 40:(5):6017. [PubMed].
Tanganelli P, Regesta G. Vigabatrin vs. carbamazepine monotherapy in newly diagnosed focal epilepsy: A randomized response conditional cross-over study Epilepsy Res 1996. 25:(3):25762. [PubMed].
Trudeau V, Myers S, LaMoreaux L, et al. Gabapentin in naive childhood absence epilepsy: Results from two double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter studies J Child Neurol 1996. 11:(6):4705. [PubMed].
Turnbull DM, Howel D, Rawlins MD, et al. Which drug for the adult epileptic patient: Phenytoin or valproate? BMJ 1985. 290:(6471):8159. [PubMed] [Free Full Text in PMC icon.Free Full text in PMC].
van Donselaar CA, Geerts AT, Schimsheimer RJ. Idiopathic first seizure in adult life: Who should be treated? BMJ 1991. 302:(6777):6203. [PubMed] [Free Full Text in PMC icon.Free Full text in PMC].
Van Paesschen W, Duncan JS, Connelly A. A comparison of the neuropathological effects of vigabatrin and carbamazepine in patients with newly diagnosed localization-related epilepsy using MR-based cerebral T2 relaxation time measurements Epilepsy Res 1998. 29:(2):15560. [PubMed].
Van Paesschen W, Duncan JS, Stevens JM, et al. Longitudinal quantitative hippocampal magnetic resonance imaging study of adults with newly diagnosed partial seizures: One-year follow-up results Epilepsia 1998. 39:(6):6339. [PubMed].
Van Paesschen W, Duncan JS, Stevens JM, et al. Etiology and early prognosis of newly diagnosed partial seizures in adults: A quantitative hippocampal MRI study Neurology 1997. 49:(-):7537. [PubMed].
Verity CM, Hosking G, Easter DJ. A multicenter comparative trial of sodium valproate and carbamazepine in paediatric epilepsy. The Paediatric EPITEG Collaborative Group Dev Med Child Neurol 1995. 37:(2):97108. [PubMed].
Walsh JC, Vignaendra V, Burrows S, et al. The application of prolonged electroencephalographic monitoring and video recording to the diagnosis of epilepsy Med J Aust 1986. 144:(8):4014. [PubMed].
Wiebe S, Bellhouse DR, Fallahay C, et al. Burden of epilepsy: The Ontario Health Survey Can J Neurol Sci 1999. 26:(4):26370. [PubMed].
Williams J, Bates S, Griebel ML, et al. Does short-term antiepileptic drug treatment in children result in cognitive or behavioral changes? Epilepsia 1998. 39:(10):10649. [PubMed].
Wolf P. Non-medical treatment of first epileptic seizures in adolescence and adulthood Seizure 1995. 4:(2):8794. [PubMed].
Zamponi N, Cardinali C. Open comparative long-term study of vigabatrin vs. carbamazepine in newly diagnosed partial seizures in children Arch Neurol 1999. 56:(5):6057. [PubMed].

Appendices

Appendix A. Data Extraction Form Patients Newly Diagnosed With Epilepsy

 Extractor/date_____________
 Consensor/date____________

Study Level Characteristics
Author/Year___________/_____ Location (E, NA, Other__________) Total pts_______Healthy Ss?______
Design: Observational/Interventional Retro/Pro RCT/nRCT/UCS/XS ?Open Label Ext? Yes
Evidence Score = Rand___+ Blind___+ WD ____= ____ or 1 / L o E _______ = ________
Study duration: max_______(mos) mean/median_______(mos) Accrual years ________
Classification system: ILAE '81, '89, other (___________), or NR
Industry sponsor (yes_______________ or no/NR) Population: Adult Peds Both
Costs? (yes/no) QOL? (yes/no): if yes, tool =_______________
Intervention Location? home, hospital, office/clinic, epilepsy center, academic, other, unknown or NR
Usual epilepsy care provider id'd? 1° MD, IM, Neuro, Epil MD, surgeon, radiol., other, unknown or NR
Investigator id'd? 1° MD, IM, Neuro, Epil MD, surgeon, radiol, academic, other, unknown or NR
Pts on study at: 1st seizure/ 1st presentation/ 1st dx/ not 1st event, but T0 in observation window
Inclusions: NS/specified: #seizures?___ in past? ____(mos, yrs) Unprovoked? Yes/ No / NR
Exclusions for 2° causes: NS / specified? Yes/No
 (tumor, trauma, infection, stroke, etoh/drugs, neuro, pseudo, psycho, medical, febrile, inf. spasms)
1° study objective (Dx, Mx, Tx) & text:_________________________________________.

TOTALEpilepsy Patients
Patients enrolled (#)
Age (mean/median) (range)
Race (C/AA/H/A/Other - #)
Gender (M/F - #)
Family history (#)
Seizure type: # general
      # partial
      #absence
      #other
# on AEDs at entry
# history of AED use
Epilepsy Syndrome Dx
#% with
#% with
#% with
#% with
#% with
#% with
DiagnosticWho ?When?Dx made?Dx Δ?Costs?.
History/Physical (D11)     
Blood tests (D13)     
Neuropsych (D8)     
LP (D9)     
CT (D10)     
EEG std (D5)     
MRI (D6)     
PET/SPECT (D7)     
EEG invasive (D1)     
EEG video (D2)     
EEG ambulatory (D3)     
EEG other (D4)     
DiagnosticGold Std*?SensSpec"R"PPVNPV2X2Other.
History/Physical (D11)        
Blood tests (D13)        
Neuropsych (D8)        
LP (D9)        
CT (D10)        
EEG std (D5)        
MRI (D6)        
PET/SPECT (D7)        
EEG invasive (D1)        
EEG video (D2)        
EEG ambulatory (D3)        
EEG other (D4)        

Gold standard = epilepsy defined as___________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________

Incidence new epilepsy diagnoses total n =______; n per __________ = ______

MonitoringWho ?When?Where?Frequency?Costs?
Pharm. Exp (M4)     
Blood tests (M8)     
Drug levels (std) (M7)     
Drug levels (soph) (M6)     
EEG std (M5)     
EEG invasive (M1)     
EEG video (M2)     
EEG ambulatory (M3)     
Other (M9)     
MonitoringΔseizure fr ↓↑ graphic elementΔAED AEs ↓↑ graphic elementΔcompliance ↓↑ graphic elementΔQoL ↓↑ graphic elementΔDx ↓↑ graphic elementΔRx ↓↑ graphic element
Pharm. Exp (M4)      
Blood tests (M8)      
Drug levels (std) (M7)      
Drug levels (soph) (M6)      
EEG std (M5)      
EEG invasive (M1)      
EEG video (M2)      
EEG ambulatory (M3)      
Other (M9)      
TreatmentWho ?When?Where?How long?Costs?
No Rx (T9)     
Drug studies (T2)     
Drug Rx:Mono (T10)     
Drug Rx: Poly (T11)     
Pharm Exp. (T4)     
Social services (T8)     
Counsel ψ (T7)     
Speech (T6)     
OT/PT (T5)     
Education (T3)     
Surgery (T1)     
Other (T12)     
TreatmentΔ seizure frequency ↓↑ graphic elementrem/recur rate/risk ↓↑ graphic elementΔside effects ↓↑ graphic elementΔcompliance ↓↑ graphic elementΔQoL ↓↑ graphic element
No Rx (T9)     
Drug studies (T2)     
Drug Rx:Mono (T10)     
Drug Rx: Poly (T11)     
Pharm Exp. (T4)     
Social services (T8)     
Counsel ψ (T7)     
Speech (T6)     
OT/PT (T5)     
Education (T3)     
Surgery (T1).     
Other (T12)     
Optimal outcomes defined? No/Yes: #/% unit in___duration with (code):
 Seizures.
 side effects.
 compliance.
 QoL.
 Costs.
Compliance measured by pill counts, drug levels, other____________________________________________

Appendix B. Technical Expert and Peer Review Panel

Technical Expert Panel

Panel MembersSpecialty/CategoryAffiliation
   
Gregory L. Barkley, M.D.Epilepsy SpecialistMedical Director, Henry Ford Comprehensive Epilepsy Program, Detroit, MI
Joyce BenderConsumer AdvocateBender Consulting Services, Inc. Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
Patricia Dean, MSN, MSEpilepsy SpecialistMiami Children's Hospital Miami, Florida
Margaret Gunter, PhDHealth ServicesLovelace Clinic Foundation Albuquerque, New Mexico
Suzanne MercureHealth ServicesInstitute for Health Policy Solutions Falls Church, Virginia
David Stumpf, M.D., PhDNeurologistNorthwestern University Medical School, Chicago, Illinois
Louis Trost, M.D.Primary CareLovelace Family Practice - Westside Albuquerque, New Mexico
Linda WarnerConsumer AdvocateForest Lake, Minnesota

Peer Review Panel

Peer Review PanelSpecialty/CategoryAffiliation
   
Javier Aceves, M.D.Primary CarePediatrics - Lovelace Health Systems Rio Rancho, New Mexico
Claire Chee, RNPediatric Epilepsy SpecialistCurrent President of ACNN Children's Hospital of Philadelphia
Stephen Collins, M.D.Industry RepresentativeAbbott
Patricia Crumrine, M.D.NeurologistChildren's Hospital, Pittsburgh, PA. (Representing American Academy of Pediatrics)
Joseph D'Souza, PhDIndustry RepresentativeNovartis
John Gates, M.D.Epilepsy specialistMinnesota Epilepsy Group, St. Paul, Minnesota
Elizabeth Garofalo, M.D.Neurologist, Industry RepresentativeParke-Davis
Frank Gilliam, M.D., MPHEpilepsy SpecialistWashington University School of Medicine, Dept. of Neurology - St. Louis, MO
Robert Gumnit, M.D.Epilepsy SpecialistPresident, Nat'l Association of Epilepsy Centers MINCEP Epilepsy Care, Minneapolis, MN
Cynthia JoyceConsumer AdvocateDirector, Education and Research Foundation of the American Academy of Neurology
Allan Krumholz, M.D.Epilepsy SpecialistUniv. of Maryland, Dept. of Neurology
Lisa LindahlConsumer AdvocateSpear-headed the Women's Initiative" for the Epilepsy Foundation.
Janet Mims, RNConsumer AdvocatePast President of Assoc. of Child Neurology Nurses(ACNN)
Martha J. Morrell, M.D.Epilepsy SpecialistProfessor, New York Presbyterian Hosp. Chair, Epilepsy Foundation Board of Directors
Jay Rosenberg, M.D.NeurologistSan Diego, CA
Steven Schachter, M.D.Epilepsy SpecialistBeth Israel Deaconess Comprehensive Epilepsy Center, Chair, Epilepsy Foundation Professional Advisory Board.
Stephen Schwabe, M.D.Industry RepresentativeJohnson & Johnson
Patricia Shafer, RNEpilepsy SpecialistBI Deaconess Medical Center, Boston, MA Chair Elect, Epilepsy Foundation Professional Advisory Board
Kari Swarztrauber, M.D.NeurologistPost Doctoral Fellow - UCLA Dept of Neurology

Appendix C. Acronyms

AEDantiepileptic drug
AHRQAgency for Healthcare Research and Quality
CDCCenters for Disease Control and Prevention
CKcreatine kinase
CNScentral nervous system
CSFcerebral spinal fluid
CTcomputerized tomography
DEFdata extraction form
EEGelectroencephalogram
EMEestablished market economies
ERemergency room
FSEformerly socialist economies
ILAEInternational League Against Epilepsy
JMEjuvenile myoclonic epilepsy
LoELevel of Evidence
LPlumbar puncture
MeSHMedical Subject Heading
MRImagnetic resonance imaging
NPVnegative predictive value
nRCTnonrandomized controlled trial
OToccupational therapy
PETpositron emission tomography
PPVpositive predictive value
PTphysical therapy
QCquality control
QoLquality of life
RCTrandomized controlled trial
SEALSSide Effects and Life Satisfaction Scale
TEPtechnical experts panel
UCSuncontrolled case series
VASvisual analog scale
WISCWechsler Intelligence Scale for Children
XScross-sectional

Management of Newly Diagnosed Patients with Epilepsy: A Systematic Review of the LiteratureAdditional Appendixes

Appendix 1. Criteria for Referral of Patients with EpilepsyReport on Phase One

Prepared by:
Susan D. Ross, MD, FRCPC
Principal Investigator
Isabella Sledge, MD
Jacqueline French, MD
Rhonda Estok, RN
Sameer Chopra, MA
Investigators

Background

In February 1999, the Agency for Health Care Policy and Research (AHCPR) awarded a task order contract to MetaWorks to develop an evidence report on "Criteria for Referral of Patients with Epilepsy." The topic was nominated by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) for the purpose of developing a framework for organizing and optimizing the care of persons with epilepsy. The CDC's request for an evidence report on this topic followed from their September 1997 conference entitled "Living Well With Epilepsy." The participants divided into work groups which generated several recommendations. Among these was the development of a testable framework for effective care of persons with epilepsy. The CDC determined that this framework was to be the result of a preliminary literature search examining models of care in epilepsy and other chronic conditions and a stakeholders meeting with representatives from various constituencies involved in improving epilepsy care. A systematic literature review based on the framework would then be undertaken to draft an evidence report. This evidence report could then be used by providers, professional societies and payors as a basis for decision-making about effective care for patients with epilepsy.

The development of this evidence report is being carried out in two phases. The first phase was preparatory to a meeting of representatives from the AHCPR, the CDC, and stakeholders from various constituencies involved in improving the care of patients with epilepsy. The purpose of this meeting was to define questions to guide a more comprehensive literature review to generate an evidence report on effective referral criteria for persons with epilepsy. The subsequent literature review and synthesis will constitute the second phase of the project.

This report summarizes phase I tasks and findings: the preliminary literature review and the stakeholders' meeting as well as the recommendation regarding direction for future work.

Literature Review

A preliminary literature review was conducted for models of care in epilepsy and other chronic diseases. We were particularly interested in care management issues that are associated with disease conditions of low prevalence and high chronicity. We were interested in population- and policy-level information as opposed to clinical patient-level information. The sources listed in Appendix A were searched for information relative to referral criteria, guidelines for referring categories of patients needing more specialized care, and studies assessing the impact of specialty care on patient outcomes.

The information sources searched and the yields for each are summarized in Appendix A. The results of the preliminary literature search are described below.

Models of Care in Other Chronic Diseases

A review of the literature in other disease settings uncovered information of interest to the study of epilepsy. Some algorithms and models designed for the care of patients with asthma and diabetes, for example, have aspects that are applicable to the development of care pathways for epilepsy. Outcome studies in the area of childhood cancers also are of interest.

Asthma

Many guidelines and treatment algorithms for managing asthma follow a stepped-care approach: as patients' symptoms get more severe, their care is stepped up to include more intensive interventions. Each step in the level of care is associated with a set of signs and symptoms and has prescribed interventions assigned. These management pathways do not dictate the level at which patients require referral; it is up to the individual clinician to determine when the level of care required exceeds his or her capabilities and to refer accordingly. One example of such a guideline for asthma management is a pathway developed by the Institute for Clinical Systems Integration.1

Diabetes

There are two information sources of interest in the area of diabetes care. The first is a guideline for specialty referral for patients with diabetes developed by the Diabetes Treatment Centers of America.2 This guideline outlines triggers for specialty referral in the care of diabetic patients. Specific symptoms, physical exam findings, and test results indicating the need for specialty care are detailed. This guideline is intended for use by primary care physicians.

The second applicable source is a paper by Roman and Harris from 1997 describing four models of care for patients with diabetes.3 The intensive care model is specialty-based with the endocrinologist/diabetes team providing the primary care. Evidence from the Diabetes Care and Complications Trial (DCCT) supports the use of this model for type I diabetics.4 The DCCT study showed that intensive blood sugar control decreased complications by 50 to 70% in these patients. Only 10% of diabetic patients have type I diabetes, and extending this level of care for all diabetic patients is neither feasible nor appropriate. Other categories of patients must follow the comanagement model, where the primary care physician provides the majority of care with periodic visits made to the specialist, or the expert system where the generalist is assisted by algorithms which provide guidance on the care, education and referral of patients. The fourth model is the mini-clinic approach that is popular in Britain. In this model, practice time is carved out and diabetic patients are seen at set intervals. Teaching and specialty referral resources are available to the patient at the time of the visit. This paper suggests that patients can be stratified by clinical characteristics and risk factors and assigned different intensities of care as appropriate.

Childhood Cancer/Serious Blood Disorders

There is evidence to support that caring for patients diagnosed with sickle cell disease or Wilms' tumor in pediatric specialty centers decreases morbidity and mortality and overall costs.5,6 Thus, improved outcomes and decreased costs are associated with increased specialty care for these disorders.

Disease Management Approach

In determining optimal care pathways for epilepsy some attention must be paid to reimbursement issues. An approach that emphasizes early specialty care and referral for certain categories of patients may not be possible in certain managed care settings. Some managed care organizations are developing disease management models whereby resources are allocated for the disease as a whole, rather than distributed over the course of the disease as services are rendered. Thus, the most efficient care pathways will be pursued. If early referral for certain categories of patients is shown to be effective, then perhaps barriers to such referral can be reduced or eliminated. This disease management approach is being tested for many chronic diseases, but little data is yet available.7,8

Models of Care in Epilepsy

The majority of the work on models of care for epilepsy comes from Europe. There are two studies relating specialty referral to outcomes. There are also some models of integrated care for patients with epilepsy.

Europe

A review of epilepsy care in the Netherlands stated that all patients with epilepsy are referred to a neurologist.9 Additionally, there are three specialized centers with intensive services. Extended mobile outpatient clinics bring specialists and diagnostic/monitoring equipment to the community. Admissions to epilepsy centers have been reduced in the areas covered by the mobile clinics.

In Italy, 14 epilepsy centers followed over 3,000 patients for more than 2 years and found the percent of patients in complete remission increased from 13% prior to evaluation in a specialty center, to 28% after the evaluation.10

Work from England outlining the care needs of epilepsy patients offers a flow diagram for referral pathways.11 It is interesting to note that all referral paths have a loop that feeds back care to the generalist after subspecialty referral. In England, epilepsy care is organized geographically by district with specialized epilepsy nurses serving as liaisons between hospital-based specialist care and local physicians. Guidelines are developed and distributed regionally.12

In Scotland, the Scottish Intercollegiate Guidelines Network published a management guideline for epilepsy.13 Section 8 of the document deals with criteria for referral of patients. The guideline assigns tasks at different timepoints (initial diagnosis, monitoring, etc.) to primary care or specialty care providers. There is a clear delineation between primary and secondary spheres of care.

United States

In the United States, the National Association of Epilepsy Centers (NAEC) compiled a document detailing the level of services expected at tertiary and fourth-level epilepsy centers.14 The document also describes criteria for referral and provides a flow diagram. According to the NAEC, patients should be referred from generalists to specialists if seizure control has not been achieved within three months. A referral to an epileptologist should follow if there is still no control in another nine months. Referral to an epilepsy center should be based on need for invasive diagnostic tests, inpatient psychiatric evaluation, difficult pharmacologic challenges, possible psychogenic seizures, or evaluation for surgery.

Summary of Literature Review

In summary, models of care in other disease settings suggest that patients can be stratified according to clinical characteristics and risk factors. Different intensities of services may be appropriate for different categories of patients. For certain patients, outcomes may be improved when specialized care is introduced early on. Emphasizing a disease management approach is key to arriving at the most effective care pathway. Models of care in epilepsy have primarily been established in other countries. To date, no models of care for epilepsy have stratified patients into clinical categories that indicate the need for certain levels of care.

Summary of Stakeholders' Meeting

A meeting of stakeholders representing various constituencies in the field of epilepsy was held on March 25, 1999, in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. The purpose of the meeting was to develop a testable framework that could be supported with evidence from the literature for organizing the care of persons with epilepsy. Present at the meeting were representatives from AHCPR, CDC, MetaWorks, and stakeholders from the following constituencies: epileptology, neurology, primary care, nursing, managed care, healthcare purchasing, as well as patient representatives. A list of attendees is attached in Appendix B. The agenda for the meeting (Appendix C) comprised a presentation of the project background, the results of the literature search (described above), and an overview of the Lovelace Health System's approach to provider education and outcomes research in epilepsy. After the presentations, attendees were divided into constituency groups to generate a summary of their experience with referral patterns for epilepsy in the real world, and how referrals might occur in an ideal world. Enclosure B, "Real" and "Ideal" Experiences With Referrals for Epilepsy Management (Appendix D) was employed as a starting point for organizing these discussions. A spokesperson from each constituency then presented a summary of their discussion to the group. Participants discussed several different referral strategies that emerged as a result of the literature review and discussion of stakeholders' experience and merged these strategies into a framework to guide future study.

A summary of key points emerging from the meeting is described below. Detailed meeting minutes are contained in Appendix E.

Project Background/Preliminary Literature Review

Already described in detail above.

Lovelace Health System Seizure Disorder Program Overview

Margaret Gunter, PhD, presented Lovelace Health System's disease management approach to improving the quality of care for epilepsy patients. Guidelines were developed which combined evidence-based principles with expert consensus. Existing guidelines include pediatric, adult, and emergency epilepsy care (including status epilepticus). Guidelines include suggestions for criteria to be used for determining referral. The guidelines were piloted and modified before being introduced to clinicians through intensive education efforts. An assessment of the effectiveness of these guidelines is ongoing by monitoring key outcome measures such as quality of life, patient and physician satisfaction, and utilization/cost measures. Data on these outcome measures are not yet available.

A discussion point that emerged from the presentation was whether, given the relatively low prevalence of epilepsy in a general practice panel, it is efficient (and cost effective) to train generalists to work-up, treat and monitor epilepsy patients or whether it would be more efficient to have specialists diagnose and manage all aspects of patient care.

Discussion Of Stakeholders' Experiences In The 'Real' And 'Ideal' Worlds
Primary care

All of the reasons apply for referral to specialized care listed in the 'real world' column of Enclosure B. In the ideal world, each referral decision is situation-specific and is heavily influenced by provider knowledge and comfort level. In the ideal world, patient preference would take precedence over reimbursement issues. It was felt that education about epilepsy management is important for providers even if only to increase provider comfort in responding to seizures and to improve triage in urgent care situations. The concept of patient-centered practice policies was introduced whereby care decisions are based on the needs of the patient rather than on a pre-defined role of particular providers.

Neurology

The diagnosis and ongoing treatment of epilepsy was plotted as a timeline and six critical timepoints were identified when expert intervention might be necessary. These six timepoints are: (1) initial diagnosis -- expert knowledge may be needed to reduce misinterpretation of EEGs, to accurately rule out other diagnoses such as syncope and pseudoseizure, and to obtain appropriate imaging studies; (2) choice of initial medication; (3) the need for supplements such as folate or calcium and the possibility of drug interactions; (4) initial monitoring- how often and what types of monitoring are required; (5) ongoing monitoring/treatment- dealing with comorbidity, counseling on issues such as pregnancy, employment, genetic testing, and driving; (6) cessation of medication.

Different populations of patients are perceived as being more difficult to treat than others. Young patients (under age 18) with generalized seizures are felt to be easier to manage, whereas those with focal seizures are a bit more challenging. Older patients, patients with brain lesions, or who are passive or difficult to counsel are felt to pose an even greater challenge. The group discussed the fact that 'easier' patients may not require referral, but that a breakdown at any of the six timepoints should trigger referral.

Epileptology

Patients are referred from all different timepoints in the course of their care. In the real world, reimbursement often dictates which patients are referred. Even when referred from high quality, appropriate neurological care, patients still get 'value-added' services at epilepsy centers. The cost of the visit to see an epileptologist is often the same as for a general neurologist, but other services such as intensive counseling are available through the epileptologist. Often patients are able to spend more time in consultation with the epileptologist because the specialist at a center will see fewer patients per hour than will a typical neurologist. Epileptologists refer patients back to generalists in order to maintain a collegial relationship and to encourage future referrals. Often, however, patients do not want to return to a generalist for care. Once an evaluation and care plan is in place, patients should return to general care and have subsequent referrals if problems arise. Empowering patients will be important in modifying patterns of care.

The desire for all patients to be 'seizure-free with no side effects' often drives referrals. Decisions about invasive medical interventions must take into account the patients' quality of life. Seizures should be controlled to the patient's rather than the physician's satisfaction. Possibly 30% of all epilepsy patients cannot achieve this seizure-free goal.

Health Services/Payors

Employers select providers and health plans with almost no information. Cost effectiveness data is critical. The only way changes in established referral patterns will occur is if they are seen as cost-saving. Health plans are often selected by patients on the basis of relationships with certain providers. In well-organized systems, curbside consultations can work and save costs.

Consumers

Patient preference is and should be the driver of referrals. Patient education fuels demand for appropriate care. One common reason patients give for requesting referral is the desire for advanced therapy. There is concern that if specialists become the gatekeepers, patients with multiple conditions may not receive the appropriate comprehensive care they need if they use the specialist as their primary physician. Patients may not seek care initially because of the stigma of epilepsy. Physicians often overreact to seizures. Education of primary care givers as well as patients is of utmost importance. The patient's goals need to be identified, but only after the patient has received adequate information about the disease and about the available treatment options. The goal of 'no seizures, no side effects' is an appropriate goal for many, and this goal should be articulated as part of a public education campaign.

Approaches To A Framework/Model For Referral Criteria

Four ways of addressing patterns of referral were proposed:

  1. Point of care -- expert opinion may be required at certain important timepoints in the delivery of care such as at the first diagnosis, initial choice of medication, etc.

  2. Time-based -- referrals if remission/control of seizures not obtained within a certain period of time.

  3. Population-based -- particular at-risk populations may require referral.

  4. Service-oriented approach -- what facilities/services/resources are needed to manage epilepsy and where are they located?

After much discussion about whether any of these models might generate researchable questions, it was decided that models 3 and 4 were complementary and possibly researchable. A matrix of potentially important services for the management of epilepsy for various patient populations is draftable. Areas where there are no data may be identified; other areas may be supported by existing data. This approach avoids assigning specific providers to certain levels of care. One caveat to consider before embarking on this search for evidence to support the framework is that outcomes data will likely be missing. Another caveat is that patients studied in the literature may not be representative of the epilepsy population as a whole. It may be difficult to apply population-based guidelines using evidence gathered from a skewed population of patients.

Populations Requiring Referral

A list of 9 potential populations requiring referral was generated. A consensus vote was taken to identify the 5 populations with the highest research priority. These are as follows:

  1. All patients undergoing first diagnosis

  2. Patients demonstrating intractability

  3. Patients with comorbidities

  4. Patients with side effects from medications

  5. Patients considering withdrawal from medication.

Four other populations with lower priority were also identified: women, the elderly, patients presenting with febrile seizures, and patients experiencing drug interactions.

The stakeholders then identified general categories of services for possible research for each of the populations. Time, however, did not allow for completion of this undertaking. It was decided that team members from MetaWorks would expand on this work and generate a framework grid to be used in identifying potential researchable questions for different patient populations requiring referral.

Direction For Further Study

A framework grid was developed outlining specific resources required at each point of care (diagnosis, treatment and monitoring) for each of the five highest-priority patient populations highlighted by the stakeholders (see Appendix F). This framework was created to aid in the retrieval, organization and synthesis of best available evidence for the management and referral of patients with epilepsy. The five priority populations are listed on the Y-axis. The X-axis lists healthcare services and all other resources that might be considered necessary for optimum care during the diagnosis, treatment and monitoring of epilepsy patients. Each white cell represents a particular area of inquiry that may be further researchable using the published literature. The darkened cells represent healthcare services or resources deemed by MetaWorks and University of Pennsylvania co-investigators as not applicable for the particular population on the Y-axis.

Using the matrix framework, researchers can assess the quantity and quality of available evidence examining the clinical outcomes resulting from the application of a particular service to a particular patient population at certain time points of care. Providers, professional societies and payors can use the evidence to guide decisions about referrals and resource utilization. The purpose of this exercise is to improve outcomes for these populations through the application of best evidence to clinical practice and management of epilepsy.

This targeted literature review and synthesis of evidence will constitute phase II of this project.

References

1.
Diagnosis and Management of Asthma in Adults. Institute for Clinical Systems Integration (ICSI). May 1998.
2.
Specialty Referral Guidelines for People With Diabetes. Diabetes Treatment Centers of America (DTCA). 1998. [Free Full Text in PMC icon.Free Full text in PMC]
3.
Roman S. H., and Harris M.I. Management of Diabetes Mellitus from a Public Health Perspective. Current Therapies for Diabetes. 1997; 26: 443 474.
4.
Position Statement: Implications of the Diabetes Control and Complications Trial. Diabetes. 1993; 42: .
5.
Yang Y., Shah A. K., Watson M., and Mankad, V.N. Comparison of Costs to the Health Sector of Comprehensive and Episodic Health Care for Sickle Cell Disease Patients. Public Health Reports. 1995; 110: 80 85. [PubMed]
6.
Pritchard J., Stiller C. A., and Lennox E.L. Overtreatment of Children With Wilms' Tumor Outside Pediatric Oncology Centers British Medical Journal 1989. 299:(6703): 835 836.
7.
Piro L., and Doctor J. Managed Oncology Care: The Disease Management Model. Cancer (Supplement). 1998; 82: 2068 2075.
8.
Bernard D. B., Townsend R.R., and Sylvestri M.F. Health and Disease Management: What is it and Where is it Going? What is the Role of Health and Disease Management in Hypertension? American Journal of Hypertension. 1998; 11: 103S 108S.
9.
De Boer H. M, Aldenkamp A. P., and Overweg J. Epilepsy Care in the Netherlands. Acta Neurologica Scandinavia (Supplement). 1992; 140: 101 105.
10.
Osservatorio Regionale per l'Epilessia (OREp), Lombardy. Epilepsia. 1997; 38: 1338 43. [PubMed]
11.
Brown S., Betts T., Chadwick D., Hall B., Shorvon S., and Wallace S. An Epilepsy Needs Document. Seizure. 1993; 2: 91 103. [PubMed]
12.
Taylor M.P., Readman S., Hague B., Boulter V., Hughes L., and Howell S. A District Epilepsy Service, With Community-Based Specialist Liaison Nurses and Guidelines for Shared Care. Seizure. 1994; 3: 121 127. [PubMed]
13.
Scottish Intercollegiate Guidelines Network (SIGN). 1997
14.
Epilepsia (Supplement). 1990; 31: S1 S2.

Attachment A: Information Sources, Search Terms, Yield, and Papers Retrieved for Review

Preliminary Evidence Review

Conducted in Preparation for Stakeholder's Meeting and Preparation of Draft Framework

  1. MEDLINE (via telnet using MeSH headings)

    • MeSH terms epilepsy and diagnosis yielded 4420 abstracts. Abstract review yielded 19 potentially relevant abstracts (full-text papers retrieved). Remainder sorted by category:

      1. 1236 abstracts on diagnosis;

      2. 323 abstracts on treatment/management;

      3. 227 abstracts on monitoring/patient outcomes;

      4. 87 abstracts on incidence/prevalence;

      5. 2547 rejected abstracts.

    • MeSH terms epilepsy and practice guidelines yielded 37 abstracts
      f) 9 relevant papers retrieved and reviewed (full-text).

    • String searches on the words model (or models) of care; MeSH terms organizational models and outcome assessment

    • Yield: 12 full-text papers retrieved (7 epilepsy specific, 5 alternate models of care).

  2. PubMed (National Library of Medicine, www.nlm.nih.gov)
    Search One
    PubMed Search Terms: "epilepsy and referral"
    MEDLINE Translation:
    ("epilepsy"[MeSH Terms] OR epilepsy[Text Word]) AND ("referral and consultation"[MeSH Terms] OR referral[Text Word]))
    Yield: 224 citations screened for relevant titles
    Search Two
    PubMed Search Terms: "epilepsy and dignosis and management and practice guidelines and human"
    MEDLINE Translation:
    ((((("epilepsy"[MeSH Terms] OR epilepsy[Text Word])
    AND
    (((("diagnosis"[Subheading] OR "prognosis"[MeSH Terms]) OR "physical examination"[MeSH Terms]) OR "diagnosis"[MeSH Terms]) OR diagnosis[Text Word]))
    AND
    management[All Fields])
    AND
    ("practice guidelines"[MeSH Terms] OR practice guidelines[Text Word]))
    AND
    ("human"[MeSH Terms] OR human[Text Word]))
    Yield: 6 citations screened for relevant titles
    Search Three
    Pub Med Search Terms: "seizures and diagnois"
    Medline Translation:
    (("seizures"[MeSH Terms] OR seizure[Text Word])
    AND
    (((("diagnosis"[Subheading] OR "prognosis"[MeSH Terms]) OR "physical examination"[MeSH Terms]) OR "diagnosis"[MeSH Terms]) OR diagnosis[Text Word]))
    Yield: 15,226 citations (Citations not examined)
    Search Four
    Pub Med Search Terms: "seizures and management"
    Medline Translation:
    (("seizures"[MeSH Terms] OR seizure[Text Word])
    AND
    management[All Fields])
    Yield: 1,140 citations (Citations not examined)
    Search Five
    Pub Med Search Terms: "epilepsy and practice guidelines"
    Medline Translation:
    (("epilepsy"[MeSH Terms] OR epilepsy[Text Word])
    AND
    ("practice guidelines"[MeSH Terms] OR practice guidelines[Text Word]))
    Yield: 16 citations screened for relevant titles.
    Search Six
    Pub Med Search Terms: "epilepsy and guidelines"
    Translation:
    (("epilepsy"[MeSH Terms] OR epilepsy[Text Word])
    AND
    (("standards"[Subheading] OR "Guidelines"[MeSH Terms]) OR guidelines[Text Word]))
    Yield: 352 citations screened for relevant titles.
    Summary
    Yield: 598 abstracts were searched for relevant titles.
    24 full-text papers were retrieved for review.

  3. AHRQ National Guidelines Clearinghouse (www.guideline.gov)

    • Yield: 2 useful guidelines on models of care in other disease settings (diabetes, asthma).

  4. 1999 Cochrane Collaborative (CD-ROM database of systematic reviews)

    • Yield: 0 relevant titles.

  5. www.epilepsy-international.com (conference abstract database)

    • Employed the following search terms:
      "epilepsy and management"
      "epilepsy and utilization"
      "epilepsy and guidelines"
      "epilepsy and referral"
      "seizures and management"
      "seizures and utilization"
      "seizures and guidelines"
      "seizures and referral"

    • Yield: 1 practice guideline; 15 abstracts.

  6. MedScape (www.medscape.com)

    • Searched the clinical management and practice guidelines databases;

    • Yield: no relevant materials.

  7. Epilepsy Foundation of America (www.efa.org)

    • Search of web site produced no relevant materials;

    • Information specialist is currently searching EFA database for disease management guidelines and referral criteria.

  8. General WWW Search

    • Employed the terms "epilepsy and clinical management."

    • Yield: 1 practice guideline, 1 abstract.

  9. Epilepsy Management Guidelines from Companies
    To find epilepsy management guidelines or referral criteria from companies producing epilepsy drugs, they were contacted by telephone. Below you will find the five companies that were contacted and the information they provided.
    Wallace Laboratories (1-800-526-3840)
    Drug: Felbamate
    The company does not have any pertinent information.
    Parke-Davis (1-800-223-0432)
    Drug: Gabapentin
    A representative from the Medical Affairs department said that they have no relevant information.
    Glaxo Wellcome (1-888-talk-2gw)
    Drug: Lamotrigine
    The Medical Department occasionally produces disease management information. In the case of epilepsy, they do not have anything other than package inserts for their drug.
    McNeil/Ortho Pharmaceutical Corp. (1-800-682-6532)
    Drug: Topiramate
    The medical specialist who answered the call is not aware of any disease management information that McNeil/Ortho may have produced. He will research it further and contact us if any relevant information becomes available (called on 03/23/99).
    Abbott Laboratories (1-800-255-5162)
    Drug: Tiagabine
    The customer service department communicated our needs to the sales department, which may have some type of information regarding epilepsy management guidelines. A voicemail was left for the sales department representatives and hopefully they will get back to MetaWorks with an answer as soon as possible (called on 03/23/99).

  10. Manual Bibliography Search
    Yield: 2 papers.

  11. Other sources: Lovelace Clinic Foundation Diagnostic/Treatment Algorithms

Full-Length Publications Retrieved and Reviewed

Citations Obtained from Medline Searches and Manual Bibliography Checks

General Models of Care/Disease Management

Arceci, R.J., Reaman, G.H., Cohen, A.R., and Lampkin, B.C. Position statement for the need to define pediatric hematology/oncology programs: a model of subspecialty care for the chronic childhood diseases. Journal of Pediatric Hematology/Oncology 1998; 20:98 - 103.

Bernard, D.B., Townsend, R.R., and Sylvestri, M.F. Health and disease management: what is it and where is it going? What is the role of health and disease management in hypertension? American Journal of Hypertension 1998; 11:103S - 108S.

Ferranti, S.D., Ioannidis, J.P.A., Lau, J. et al. Are amoxycillin and folate inhibitors as effective as other antibiotics for acute sinusitis? A meta-analysis. British Medical Journal 1998; 317: 632 - 637.

Glasgow, R.E. A practical model of diabetes management and education. Diabetes Care 1995; 18: 117 - 126.

Klinkman, M.S. Competing demands in psychosocial care - A model for the identification and treatment of depressive disorders in primary care. General Hospital Psychiatry 1997; 19: 98 - 111.

Link, M.P., Donaldson, S.S., Berard, C.W., et al. Results of treatment of childhood localized non-Hodgkin's lymphoma with combination chemotherapy with or without radiotherapy. New England Journal of Medicine 1990; 322: 1169 - 1174.

Nonas, C.A. A model for chronic care of obesity through dietary treatment. Journal of the American Dietetic Association 1998; 98 Suppl 2: 16 - 22.

Piro, L. and Doctor, J. Managed oncology care: the disease management model. Cancer 1998; 82 Suppl: 2068 - 2075.

Pritchard, J., Stiller, C.A., and Lennox, E.L. Overtreatment of children with Wilms' tumor outside pediatric oncology centers. British Journal of Medicine 1989; 299: 835 - 836.

Rand, E.H. and Thompson, T.L. Using successful models of care to guide the teaching of psychiatry in primary care. Psychosomatics 1997; 38: 140 - 147.

Roman, S.H. and Harris, M.I. Management of diabetes mellitus from a public health perspective. Current Therapies for Diabetes 1997; 26: 443 - 474.

Yang, Y.M., Shah, A.K., Watson, M., and Mankad, V.N. Comparison of costs to the health sector of comprehensive and episodic health care for sickle cell disease patients. Public Health Reports 1995; 110: 80 - 86.

Models of Care in Epilepsy

American College of Emergency Physicians. Clinical policy for the initial approach to patients presenting with a chief complaint of seizure, who are not in status epilepticus. Annals of Emergency Medicine 1993; 22: 875 - 883.

American Electroencephalographic Society. Guideline twelve: guidelines for long-term monitoring for epilepsy. Journal of Clinical Neurophysiology 1994; 11: 88 - 110.

American Electroencephalographic Society. Guideline fifteen: guidelines for polygraphic assessment of sleep-related disorders (polysomnography). Journal of Clinical Neurophysiology 1994; 11: 116 - 124.

Baraff, L.J., Schriger, D.L, and Starkman, S. Compliance with a standard for the emergency department management of epileptics who present after an uncomplicated convulsion. Annals of Emergency Medicine 1990; 4: 367 - 372.

Beghi, E, and Perucca, E. The management of epilepsy in the 1990s. Acquisitions, uncertainties, and priorities for future research. Drugs (Practical Therapeutics) 1995; 49: 680 - 694.

Betts, T. Epilepsy services. What people need, what they want, what they get. Acta Neurology Scandinava 1992; 140 Suppl: 95 - 100.

Brodie, M.J., Shorvon, S.D., Canger, R., et al. ILAE Commission Report: Commission on European Affairs -- Appropriate Standards of Epilepsy Care Across Europe. Epilepsia 1997; 38: 1245 - 1250.

Brown, S., Betts, T., Chadwick, D., et al. An epilepsy needs document. Seizure 1993; 2: 91 - 103.

Callaghan, N. The role of the neurologist in epilepsy management -- A neurologist's view. Seizure 1994; 3: 81 - 83.

Commission on Antiepileptic Drugs of the International League Against Epilepsy. Guidelines for Clinical Evaluation of Antiepileptic Drugs. Epilepsia 1989; 30: 400 - 408.

Commission on Antiepileptic Drugs of the International League Against Epilepsy. Guidelines for Therapeutic Monitoring on Antiepileptic Drugs. Epilepsia 1993; 34: 585 - 587.

Commission on Neuroimaging of the International League Against Epilepsy. ILAE Commission Report: Recommendations for Neuroimaging of Patients with Epilepsy. Epilepsia 1997; 38: 1255 - 1256.

De Boer, H.M., Aldenkamp, A.P., and Overweg, J. Epilepsy Care in the Netherlands. Acta Neurology Scandinavia 1992; 140 Suppl: 101 - 105.

Dreifuss, F.E. Epilepsy: standards of medical care. Medicine and Law. 1997; 16: 225 - 233.

Engel, J. Jr., Burchfiel, J., Ebersole, J., et al. Long-term monitoring for epilepsy. Report of an IFCN committee. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology 1993; 87: 437 - 458.

Forsgren, L. Prospective incidence study and clinical characterization of seizures in newly referred adults. Epilepsia 1990; 31: 292 - 301.

Frith, J.F., Harris, M.F., and Beran, R.G. Management and attitudes of epilepsy by a group of Sydney general practitioners. Epilepsia 1994; 35: 1244 - 1247.

Gehlert, S. Perceptions of control in adults with epilepsy. Epilepsia 1994; 35: 81 - 88.

Graves, N.M., Gidal, B.E., and Gilliam, F.G. The new generation of antiepileptic drugs: unresolved questions. The Annals of Pharmacotherapy 1998; 32: 1239 - 1243.

Henneman, P.L., DeRoos, F., and Lewis, R.J. Determining the need for admission in patients with new-onset seizures. Annals of Emergency Medicine 1994; 24: 1108 - 1114.

Hughes, A.P., and Appleton, R.E. Epilepsy in a children's hospital: an out-patient survey. Seizure 1995; 4: 279 - 285.

Korpinen, L., Pietila, T., Peltola, J., et al. Evaluation of epilepsy expert -- a decision support system. Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine 1994; 45: 223 - 231.

Lammers, M.W., Hekster, Y.A., Keyser, A., et al. Clinimetric analysis of treatment objectives and clinical status: individualized treatment in epileptic patients. Epilepsia 1994; 35: 1271 - 1278.

Lesser, R.P. The role of epilepsy centers in delivering care to patients with intractable epilepsy. 1994; 44: 1347 - 1352.

Lough, M. A protocol for care. The Practitioner 1993; 237: 484 - 488.

Marks, W.J. Management of seizures and epilepsy. American Family Physician 1998; 57: 1589 - 1604.

National Association of Epilepsy Centers. Recommended Guidelines for diagnosis and treatment in specialized epilepsy centers. Epilepsia 1990; 31 Suppl 1: 1 - 2.

Nicolaides, P., Appleton, R.E., and Beirne, M. EEG requests in pediatrics: an audit. Archives of Disease in Childhood 1995; 72: 522 - 523.

Olejniczak, P.W., Carey, M.C., Fisch, B.J., et al. The Louisiana state university comprehensive epilepsy program: procedures and outcomes. Journal of the Louisiana State Medical Society 1996; 148: 525 - 532.

Osservatorio Regionale per l'Epilessia (OREp), Lombardy. The contribution of tertiary centers to the quality of the diagnosis and treatment of epilepsy. Epilepsia 1997; 38: 1338 - 1343.

Perucca, E. Innovative monotherapy trial designs for the assessment of antiepileptic drugs: a critical appraisal. European Journal of Clinical Pharmacology 1998; 54: 1 - 5.

Pledger, G.W. and Kramer, L.D. Clinical trials of investigational antiepileptic drugs: monotherapy designs. Epilepsia 1991; 32: 716 - 721.

Provisional Committee on Quality Improvement, Subcommittee on Febrile Seizures. Practice parameter: The neurodiagnostic evaluation of the child with a first simple febrile seizure. Pediatrics 1996; 97: 769 - 775.

Rayport, M., Feka R., Fogelson, M.H., et al. Minimum care standards for epilepsy for Ohio. Epilepsy standards subcommittee, medical advisory committee of the bureau for children with medical handicaps, Ohio department of health. Ohio Medicine 1990; 86: 796 - 801.

Scambler, G. Patient perceptions of epilepsy and of doctors who manage epilepsy. Seizure 1994; 3: 287 - 293.

Schachter, S.C., and Yerby, M.S. Management of epilepsy: Pharmacologic therapy and quality-of-life issues. Postgraduate Medicine 1997; 101: 133 - 153.

Taylor, M.P., Readman, S., Hague, B., et al. A district epilepsy service, with community-based specialist liaison nurses and guidelines for shared care. Seizure 1994; 3: 121 - 127.

Tettenborn, B., and Kramer, G. Total patient care in epilepsy. Epilepsia 1992; 33 Suppl 1: S28 - S32.

Thapar, A.K. Care of patients with epilepsy in the community: will new initiatives address old problems? British Journal of General Practice 1996; 46: 37 - 42.

Wallace, H.K., Shorvon, S.D., and Hopkins, A. An audit of the organization of adult epilepsy services in the UK: a comparative review of epilepsy and general neurology clinics. Seizure 1997; 6: 185 - 191.

Attachment B: Stakeholders

List of Attendees

CDC/AHCPR Stakeholder Committee Meeting

Criteria for Referral of Patients with Epilepsy

March 25, 1999 -- Philadelphia, PA

  • I. Epilepsy Specialists

  • Frank Gilliam, M.D. (UNABLE TO ATTEND)

  • University of Alabama Epilepsy Center

  • 1719 6th Avenue South, Suite 312

  • Birmingham, AL 35294

  • Greg Barkley, M.D.

  • Comprehensive Epilepsy Program

  • Henry Ford Hospital

  • 2729 West Grand Blvd.

  • Detroit, MI 48202

  • II. Primary Care

  • Patricia Dean, MSN, MS

  • Program Manager

  • Comprehensive Epilepsy Center

  • Miami Children's Hospital

  • 3100 S.W. 62nd Ave.

  • Miami, FL 33155

  • Louis Trost, M.D.

  • Lovelace Family Practice - Westside

  • 2929 Coors, N.W.

  • Albuquerque, N.M. 87120

  • III. Health Services

  • Margaret Gunter, PhD

  • Lovelace Clinic Foundation

  • Education Bldg., 2nd floor

  • 5400 Gibson Blvd., S.E.

  • Albuquerque, N.M. 87108

  • Suzanne Mercure

  • Director of Consumer Programs

  • Institute for Health Policy Solutions

  • Principal, Barrington and Chappell

  • 6023 Madison Overlook Court

  • Falls Church, VA 22041

  • IV. Neurology

  • David G. Cook, M.D.

  • Pennsylvania Hospital

  • 8th and Spruce Street

  • Philadelphia, PA 19107

  • David A. Stumpf, M.D.

  • Northwestern University Medical School

  • Department of Neurology

  • 645 N. Michigan Ave.

  • #1058

  • Chicago, IL 60611-2814

  • V. Consumers/Advocates

  • Linda Warner

  • 9156 Jewel Lane North

  • Forest Lake, MN 55105

  • Joyce Bender

  • Chief Executive Officer

  • Bender Consulting Services, Inc

  • Penn Center West III, Suite 223

  • Pittsburgh, PA 15276

  • AHRQ

  • Harry Handelsman, D.O.

  • Task Order Officer

  • Agency for Health Care Policy and Research

  • 6010 Executive Blvd., Suite 310

  • Rockville, MD 20852

  • CDC

  • Patricia Price, D.O., FACPM

  • Epilepsy Program Coordinator

  • Centers for Disease Control and Prevention

  • Division of Adult and Community Health

  • 4770 Buford Hwy, NEMailstop K-45

  • Atlanta, GA 30341

  • Suzanne M. Smith, M.D., M.P.H

  • Chief, Health Care and Aging Studies Branch

  • Centers for Disease Control and Prevention

  • Mailstop K-45

  • Atlanta, GA 30341

  • CDC Ex Officio

  • David Thurman, M.D.

  • Centers for Disease Control and Prevention

  • National Center for Injury Prevention and Control

  • 4770 Buford Highway, N.E.

  • Mailstop F-41

  • Atlanta, Ga. 30341

  • (770) 488-4715+

  • Leonard Davis Institute/University of Pennsylvania

  • Jacqueline French, M.D.

  • (Project Co-Investigator)

  • University of Pennsylvania Medical Center

  • Department of Neurology, 3 West Gates

  • 3400 Spruce Street

  • Philadelphia, PA 19104-4283

  • Joanne Levy, MBA, MCP

  • (Project Manager)

  • Associate Director

  • Leonard Davis Institute of Health Economics

  • University of Pennsylvania

  • 3541 Locust Walk

  • Philadelphia, PA 19104-6218

  • MetaWorks

  • Sameer Chopra, MA

  • (Project Manager)

  • MetaWorks Inc.

  • 470 Atlantic Ave, 10th floor

  • Boston, MA 02210

  • Rhonda Estok, RN, BSN, CNOR

  • (Project Administrator/Manager)

  • Clinical Information Specialist

  • MetaWorks Inc.

  • 470 Atlantic Ave, 10th floor

  • Boston, MA 02210

  • Susan Ross, M.D., FRCPC

  • (Project Co-Director)

  • Chief Scientific Officer

  • MetaWorks Inc.

  • 470 Atlantic Ave, 10th floor

  • Boston, MA 02210

  • Isabella Sledge, M.D.

  • (Project Co-Investigator)

  • Assistant Medical Director

  • MetaWorks Inc.

  • 470 Atlantic Ave, 10th floor

  • Boston, MA 02210

Attachment C: Stakeholders Meeting Agenda

AGENDA

CRITERIA FOR REFERRAL OF PATIENTS WITH EPILEPSY
AHCPR/CDC MULTIDISCIPLINARY STAKEHOLDER MEETING
METAWORKS
MARCH 25, 1999
8:00amIntroductionsI. Sledge, M.D.
8:15amProject Background
CDC/AHCPR Project Rationale and Objectives.
P. Price, D.O./S Smith, M.D.
 MetaWorks ProcessS. Ross, M.D.
8:40amExplanation of Preliminary Literature Searches and FindingsI. Sledge, M.D.
 Models of care in settings other than epilepsyModels of care for epilepsy 
9:15am(Introduction)S. Smith, M.D.
 Lovelace Seizure Disorder Project OverviewM. Gunter, PhD
9:35amIntroduction to Discussion QuestionsI. Sledge, M.D
See Enclosure A: Framework for Developing Referral Criteria for Epilepsy Management
10:00amBreak (15 minutes) 
10:15amDiscussion of Stakeholder Experiences:The "Real" and the "Ideal"J. French, M.D./I. Sledge, M.D.
 Discussion of Framework for Developing Referral Criteria for Epilepsy Management
 See Enclosure B: Real and Ideal Experiences With Referrals for Epilepsy Management
12 - 1:00pmLunch (1 hour) 
1:00pmContinued Discussion:Framework for Developing Referral CriteriJ. French, M.D./I. Sledge, M.D .
 Synthesis of Consensus Views 
2:15pmBreak (15 minutes) 
2:30pmFormulation of Questions for Further InvestigationJ. French, M.D./ I. Sledge, M.D.
 Relating Questions to Preliminary Evidence Findings 
3:15pmClosing StatementsS. Ross, M.D.
 Summary of Conclusions and Questions for Further Investigation

Attachment D: Enclosure B ("Real" and "Ideal" Experiences with Referrals for Epilepsy Management)

ENCLOSURE BYour perspective (please circle the one most applicable:
 consumerprovider (generalist/specialist)administratorresearcherpayor/policy maker

"Real" and "Ideal" Experiences With Referrals for Epilepsy Management Circle All Answers That Apply

REAL WORLD (YOUR EXPERIENCE)IDEAL WORLD (IF DIFFERENT FROM YOUR EXPERIENCE)
I.    CURRENT CARE
Referred to graphic elementMORE SPECIALIZED CARE
PATIENTS ARE REFERRED FOR SPECIALIZED CARE FOR THE FOLLOWING REASONS:Initial DiagnosisUnclear DiagnosisTreatment InitiationTreatment Failure: EfficacyTreatment Failure: Side Effects
Long-term ManagementNeed for Other ServicesInsurance Coverage/ ReimbursementPatient Preference
 other:_______________________________________
WHAT CRITERIA ARE USED TO DETERMINE, THE TYPE OF SPECIALIZED CARE (GENERAL NEUROLOGIST, EPILEPTOLOGIST, EPILEPSY CENTER) TO WHICH THE PATIENT IS REFERRED?AccessibilityExpertise/ Services OfferedInsurance Coverage/ ReimbursementPatient Preference
Collegial Relationshipother:_______________________________________
 Initial DiagnosisUnclear DiagnosisTreatment InitiationTreatment Failure: EfficacyTreatment Failure: Side Effects
 Long-term ManagementNeed for Other ServicesInsurance Coverage/ ReimbursementPatient Preference
 other:_______________________________________
 AccessibilityExpertise/ Services OfferedInsurance Coverage/ ReimbursementPatient Preference
 Collegial Relationshipother:_______________________________________
II.    SPECIALIZED CARE
Returned to graphic elementMORE GENERALIZED CARE
PATIENTS ARE REFERRED FOR SPECIALIZED CARE FOR THE FOLLOWING REASONS:Long-term ManagementNeed for Other ServicesInsurance Coverage/ ReimbursementPatient Preference
AccessibilityCollegial Relationshipother:___________________________ ________________________________
 Long-term ManagementNeed for Other ServicesInsurance Coverage/ ReimbursementPatient Preference
 AccessibilityCollegial Relationshipother:___________________________ ________________________________

Attachment E: Stakeholders' Meeting Transcript

AHRQ/CDC/MetaWorks Epilepsy Stakeholders' Meeting

Penn Towers Hotel, Philadelphia

March 25, 1999

  1. Introductions/Participants
    Suzanne Smith, MD, MPH, Chief, Health Care and Aging Studies, CDC.
    Patricia Price, DO, Epilepsy Program Director, CDC.
    Frank Gilliam, MD, Epileptologist, University of Alabama Epilepsy Center (did not attend)
    David Cook, MD, Neurologist, University of Pennsylvania Medical Center.
    Jacqueline French, MD, Epileptologist, University of Pennsylvania Medical Center; Co-Principal Investigator.
    Margaret Gunter, PhD, Health Services Researcher, Lovelace Clinic Foundation.
    Greg Barkley, MD, Medical Director, Comprehensive Epilepsy Center, Henry Ford Health System.
    Suzanne Mercure, Institute Health Policy Solutions; (works with employers in purchasing Healthcare, developing standards and requirements for health plans, and assisting consumers with problems and issues; consultant).
    Harry Handelsman, DO, Task Order Officer, AHCPR.
    Louis Trost, MD, Family Practitioner at Lovelace; Co-Chairman of project for integrated epilepsy care.
    David Thurman, MD, Neurologist & Epidemiologist at CDC Injury Center.
    David Stumpf, MD, Pediatrician and Neurologist; participated in Academy of Neurologists Practice Guidelines Committee.
    Joyce Bender, President and CEO of Pittsburgh information technology consulting firm; Member Of President's Committee On Employment Of People With Disabilities ; epileptic patient.
    Linda Warner, Economist; Board member of Epilepsy Foundation; son has epilepsy.
    Patricia Dean, MSN, Nurse Practitioner at a comprehensive epilepsy center at Miami Children's Hospital; board member of Epilepsy Foundation.
    Joanne Levy, MBA, MCP, Project Manger, Leonard Davis Institute, University of Pennsylvania.
    Susan Ross, MD, Chief Scientific Officer, MetaWorks.
    Isabella Sledge, MD, Co-Principal Investigator, MetaWorks.
    Rhonda Estok, RN, Clinical Information Specialist, MetaWorks.
    Sameer Chopra, MA, Project Manager, MetaWorks.

  2. Project Background
    (P. Price; S. Smith; S. Ross)
    P. Price (CDC)

    • 1997 Living Well With Epilepsy Conference -- 3 work groups (clincal, public health, advocacy)

    • Goal of clinical work group: no seizures + no side effects = control.

    • Barriers to achieving goal:

      1. Physicians and patients don't realize it's an achievable goal (need for public health messages);

      2. Physicians not familiar with important diagnostic/treatment issues;

      3. Patients do not receive integrated care (e.g., education and counseling);

      4. Restrictions on referral to specialists (in managed care capitated networks);

      5. Insurers make decisions without evidence;

      6. Outcomes' evidence not readily available;

    • Identifiable Needs:

      1. Testable management framework to guide clinicians, consumers, and advocates (supported by theory, experience, and expert opinion);

      2. Population-based strategy for optimal care of people with seizures.
        S. Smith (CDC)

    • Evidence will not provide all that is necessary. There are gaps and biases in published scientific literature, and it will be our task to also identify questions to be investigated by outcomes and health services researchers.
      S. Ross (MetaWorks Inc.)

    • Our goal is to develop a framework for organizing the "clinical processes" (including patient support and education) necessary to provide optimal care to patients with epilepsy.

    • This project will be carried out in two phases. Phase I, which includes a preliminary review of available evidence of models of care in epilepsy and other disease settings, this Stakeholder's Meeting, and a report presenting evidence and meeting summaries in addition to a framework and action plan for Phase II, will conclude with a formal meeting between MetaWorks, CDC and AHCPR. The project sponsors can use the report at the end of Phase I to decide whether to proceed with Phase II.

  3. Explanation of Preliminary Literature Searches and Findings
    (I. Sledge)
    Literature Review

    • See attached presentation overheads; (Available upon request)
      Models in Alternative Disease Settings

    • Asthma

      1. Institute for Clinical Systems Integration practice guidelines recommend "step approach." Patient can manage disease;

      2. Does not mention, however, what type of specialist should be consulted or when;

    • Diabetes

      1. Existing guidelines from Diabetes Treatment Centers of America mention triggers for referral to different specialists (neurology/ophthalmology), but not evidence-based - based upon expert opinion;

      2. Diabetes Control and Complications Trial (DCCT) -

        1. Tight management of type 1 diabetics (10% of all diabetics) keeps blood sugar levels low over time.

        2. 4 models of care presented:

          • Intensive Care (endocrinologist and specialist team);

          • Co-management (primary care focused with referral specifications for specialty care);

          • Expert System (primary care with treatment algorithms for diabetic care);

          • Mini-Clinic (blocks of practice time carved out to bring in diabetics at one time - consulting specialists present).

        3. Important Message: stratification of patients for different levels of care.

    • Childhood Cancer:

      1. Important Observation: care in specialty center may decrease overall system costs (due to long-term reduction in morbidity and mortality).

      Disease Management Approach

    • Particular arrangements utilize a capitated approach for paying for the disease as a whole, not for particular services;

    • Someone manages care for patient and makes decision for type of care needed;

    • Models exist in cancer: chronic disease of high cost, high volume, and with complex management issues;

    • Referrals today are often tied to reimbursement;

    • Discussion Comment: (J. Bender): medical groups (not just MCOs) are sometimes offering care in this capitated method;

    • Discussion Comment: (D. Stumpf): Intervention in a small group of patients may make large changes (e.g. 10% of patients use 90% of resources);

    • Discussion Comment: Reimbursement decisions often made in isolation of total "systems" perspective - pharmacy benefits managers, those who collect utilization data, etc., perhaps make these decisions independently. Hence, the long-term cost-savings perspective (which includes lost work time and disability) is not always taken when decisions on reimbursement made.
      Disease Management and Epilepsy

    • Epilepsy: Scarce literature on how changing management/referral patterns can improve outcomes or decrease particular types of care utilization (long-term);

    • Several European models of integrated care are available in the literature:

      1. "Epilepsy Care in the Netherlands" (Netherlands, 1997)

        1. Survery of referral patterns/outcomes;

        2. All patients with seizures see neurologists;

        3. Only three specialized centers available;

        4. Mobile outpatient clinics with neurologist decreased admissions to specialized epilepsy centers;

      2. Survey of 14 Epilepsy Centers (Italy, 1997)

        1. Over 3000 patients completed >2 years of follow-up;

        2. Percent of patients achieving remission increased from 13% (prior to evaluation in center) to 28%.

      3. "Epilepsy Needs Document" (England, 1993)

        1. Patient always goes back to GP;

        2. Looked at incidence of epilepsy and how many patients are at each point in pathway;

        3. District epilepsy services - liaison nurses coordinate care between GP and specialist. Neurologist does not have sole care of patient, EVEN if they only have seizures/epilepsy;

        4. Regional guidelines take into account the availability of specialists;

        5. Patient keeps a card to assist communication between primary care physician and neurologist;

        6. Discussion Comment (G. Barkley): So few neurologists in Great Britain - perhaps a driving force for this kind of arrangement;

        7. Discussion Comment (I. Sledge): Region-specific guidelines - not published, but distributed to physicians in various regions.

      4. Scottish Intercollegiate Guidelines Network (SIGN) Recommendations

        1. Based on panel discussion, not a systematic review of available evidence;

        2. Assigned tasks to different types of providers;

        3. Suggests that roles of providers within health system should be clearly defined;

        4. National Health Service in Scotland provides universal coverage;

        5. Discussion Comment: If you deviate from referral paths/criteria, do you not get reimbursed?

        6. Discussion Comment: In a rationed system, you are limited on the number of particular tests, etc., you can use. After a certain amount, services are provided without further reimbursement.

      5. (USA) National Association of Epilepsy Centers - Referral Recommendations

        1. Provided a flow diagram and criteria for referral;

        2. PCP should refer for more specialized care if seizures are not controlled in 3 months;

        3. Neurologist should refer if no seizure control in 9 months;

        4. Discussion Comment (D. Cook): Does not address fact that there are easy and difficult patients. The goal is to find out which patients can and should be referred early. Patients often stratify very early as "easy" or "difficult" patients.
          Discussion Comments Following MetaWorks Evidence Review

    • Patients need early contact with someone who can say, "this is what you have, this is what you need."

    • People who need referral may not be referred perhaps because they are viewed as "not sick enough." Is it possible that only the very sick and the "squeaky wheels" get the specialized care they need in our health systems?

    • (D. Stumpf): looked at Medicare data in Chicago. Suggests that 10% of epileptic patients are consuming 90% of ER visits. That's one criteria for MCO's to monitor care, or for identifying patients for capitated care. We need to focus on the 10% of patients causing all of the resource utilization;

    • Some patients have infrequent seizures but frequently visit the ER. Other patients have frequent seizures but do not seek care. Such situations may be driven by the threshold of the patient and family to accept or react to seizures, their knowledge on what to do and where to go, and the local availability of care;

    • (G. Barkley): some of the "expensive" patients are not difficult to treat, but have been mistreated. Referred to Morrell papers about ER visits and the severity of epilepsy.

    • In managed care, an ER visit is often viewed as a care failure.

      1. Particular tests performed in the ER (CT, MRI, etc.) are expensive and may be completely unnecessary. Because a care-managing physician is not seen or present at the ER, crucial information (e.g., that particular tests may have already been recently performed) is absent.

      2. (J. French): A PCP or neurologist inexperienced with epilepsy may "panic" about the onset of seizures as much as a family learning to cope with the illness. That might explain why there are many instances where such physicians do not oppose their patients' visits to the ER.

    • Seizures are a symptom of multiple conditions. There is a great need to identify and understand the underlying illness that produces the seizures. Only certain providers have the ability and experience to accomplish this task.

    • (D. Stumpf): There is a tremendous need for data. Medicare/Medicaid data is perhaps the best outcomes data available. What kind of data do we need to get answers to our questions? (We can prepare hypotheses for outcomes research in addition to looking to the literature to identify patient groups who need referral.)

    • (D. Cook): There is data about prognosis that could perhaps allow one to predict who will have more problems in the course of their illness and who will not, and when such problems will occur;

    • (J. French): Cited the VA Coop study, which found that if a diagnosis of epilepsy is made, the choice of drug may surprisingly not be a significant factor in the patient's outcome (whether he/she is seizure free or not; the adverse effects of drugs will vary).

    • (D. Stumpf): What percentage of all patients with epilepsy in a population are being seen by neurologists/epileptologists? The literature published on patients reaching that level of care (perhaps the vast majority of available epilepsy literature) may be extremely skewed or biased. Only 20% of all patients reach that level of care...

    • (G. Barkley): Significant number of patients seen by specialists turn out not to have epilepsy (perhaps 25%). Data is skewed if we don't know who at the top of the funnel really has epilepsy. Proper diagnosis is essential. We have no idea what's out there at a population-level.

    • The Easy Part: identifying trigger groups who require specialized care.

    • The Harder Part: identifying a physician's comfort level with providing particular types of care at different levels.

  4. Lovelace Seizure Disorder Project Overview
    (M. Gunter)

    • (S. Smith): Introduction of M. Gunter. 1n 1993, Lovelace embarked on a disease management program in epilepsy to improve the quality of care (assuming that cost savings would follow);

    • (M. Gunter): Lovelace Health System

      1. An integrated MCO in New Mexico;

      2. Spent time identifying the costliest diseases to manage. Epilepsy was not one of them, but one particularly influential individual was interested at looking at this condition. Most significantly, Novartis was willing to provide funding;

      3. Explored disease management philosophy, or the idea that improving quality of care will improve patient outcomes (and cost-savings will follow);

      4. 300 physicians on staff (multi-specialty practice);

      5. 1,600 network physicians;

      6. 229,000 member HMO;

      7. 1 (235-bed) acute care hospital;

      8. 9 primary care centers.

    • VISION of project team: to provide high quality, efficient, timely healthcare for patients with seizure disorder with emphasis on empowerment of patients and their primary care providers;

    • MISSION is to excel at seizure management. And, most importantly, improve quality of life of suffering patients;

    • Disease Management Teams were cross-functional/multidisciplinary (primary care, specialists, pharmacologists, nurses, and administrators); they have research fellows and data technicians to collect data, in addition to outcomes support from researchers at Novartis;

    • Major Question: how do we eventually facilitate the use of guidelines after they are developed?

    • Development Phase: development of guidelines that combined evidence-based Identifying and principles and expert consensus. Pilot tested when completed.

    • Tracking potentially epileptic patients:

      1. Requires a good data system to enable the electronic identification of patients;

      2. Identification markers included ICD-9 codes (780.3, 345 series: diagnosis of epilepsy), CPT-4 codes (particular diagnostic tests such as EEGs), and prescriptions for antiepileptic drugs;

      3. All three flags gave an 89% yield in identification of epileptic patients;

      4. Medical record review.

    • Data collection:

      1. Patient specific:

        1. Humanistic component: QOLIE-31 questionnaire (patient satisfaction assessment) sent after patient confirmed as having epilepsy. Responses revealed that patients are not receiving satisfactory education materials on epilepsy;

        2. Clinical component: medical record review;

        3. Economic component: cost of epilepsy patients determined from utilization data;

      2. Provider specific: mail and telephone surveys for providers -- how comfortable are you with your knowledge about epilepsy? The surveys asked questions on provider knowledge across a wide range of seizure disorder work-up and management decisions and also requested advice on the tools that could be developed to help physicians do a better job.

    • Practice Guidelines Products:

      1. Adult new-onset algorithm with chronic management;

      2. Pediatric new onset algorithm with chronic management;

      3. ER new onset algorithm;

      4. Status epilepticus algorithm.

    • Guidelines: include referral criteria. Not worded as "this is what you must follow" but rather as "consider this approach and these suggestions..." which have been developed by a team of your colleagues in the system.

    • Some neurologists are very comfortable with epilepsy and some not. The same is true for PCPs.

    • Simply mailing guidelines to physicians will not improve care or change provider behavior;

      1. How do we help physicians provide better care? (and, at the same time, not be burdensome);

      2. Physicians appear to need trainingin addition to information or algorithms. Training components included:

        1. "Pearls" page;

        2. Laminated pearls card;

        3. Appendices (drug information, seizure characteristics, women of child-bearing age, blood level monitoring);

        4. History forms (initial history, follow-up history) so nothing is forgotten;

        5. QOLIE-10 (quality of life forms);

        6. Health risk assessment;

        7. Case studies.

    • Implementation:

      1. Pilot guidelines tested at 3 sites;

      2. Revisions were made based on feedback;

      3. Practice guideline presentation at organization-wide training sessions;

      4. Development team went to the physicians, rather than vice versa. The result: 80% provider participation in pilot program;

      5. Need local "champs" at each satellite/pilot clinic to carry torch and assist implementation efforts.

    • Key indicators of improvement:

      1. Quality of life;

      2. Improvements in processes:

        1. better outcomes documentation;

        2. work-ups follow guidelines recommendations;

      3. Patient/provider satisfaction;

      4. Improvements in provider comfort level.

    • Accuracy of electronic identification efforts:

      1. Total patients: 2756 (AED, ICD-9, CPT-4s);

      2. Good positive predictive value of electronic data. (CPT and AED best);

      3. Sensitivity: If only looked at three measures, would get 60% of true epileptics.

    • Prevalence: 4.7 per 1000 patients (across all ages); high in 75+ males and children;

    • QOL (Patient) Survey:

      1. 779 patients provided surveys (450 replied);

      2. Frequency of seizures largely important (more significant than intensity);

      3. Socioeconomic status (medium importance);

      4. Co-morbidities (small to medium importance);

      5. For patients taking antiepileptic drugs, the frequency of seizures and adverse effects had large importance.

    • Provider Survey (PCPs):

      1. Assessed knowledge and comfort level with treatment and diagnostic work-up;

      2. Assessed when and why they refer patients for more specialized care.

      3. Those who did not attend presentation/training felt less comfortable, less knowledgeable (mailing guidelines clearly does not by itself change physician behavior).

      4. If a panel of physicians sees more patients, they report feeling more knowledgeable/comfortable.

    • Next steps:

      1. Impact analysis (measurement of outcomes, post-implementation):

        1. Provider survey;

        2. Case finding;

        3. Provider confirmation (of patients);

        4. QOLIE-31;

        5. Medical record review;

        6. Utilization analysis;

        7. Cost analysis;

      2. Reinforcement by local champions;

      3. What's best for patient/providers to help them provide more efficient, cost-effective care?

      4. What can be accomplished without overwhelming physicians?


      Discussion of Presentation

    • (H. Handelsman): What would you like to learn from the project at Lovelace? How satisfied are you with the outcomes of your program?

    • (M. Gunter/L. Trost): We would like to learn when patients should be referred and to whom they should be referred. The impact of the project is still to be measured. But doctors in the system are familiar with each others' credentials and experience and can trust skills of the guidelines committee. In the system, trust has replaced "rules" on how to refer or when to refer.

    • (M. Gunter/L. Trost): We don't know if the results will be applicable to other health care organizations. Lovelace is an isolated, staff-model system (owned by Cigna), and our experience might not be generalizable.

    • Guidelines should be established to ensure that everything that is needed for patient gets done (history, diagnostics), regardless of who does it.

    • Poor documentation was an impediment to effectively managing care and measuring outcomes. Hard to see if important issues were not properly being dealt with!

    • After training, PCP has better idea of what he/she should be comfortable doing and what he/she shouldn't.

    • (J. French): Is it more cost-effective to teach 100 PCPs to manage particular components of care for 1 - 2 epileptics, or more cost-effective to just refer all of the patients to 1 specialist? Because epilepsy is a low prevalence condition, maybe PCPs don't have to know as much about epilepsy as they know about asthma, diabetes, etc.

    • (S. Smith): Maybe specialized care is not the most cost effective way to diagnose and manage epileptics. We need data to support our hypotheses.

    • (M. Gunter): For treating asthma within the Lovelace system, we have achieved great success in sending patients to specialized clinics.

    • To measure improvement, we need patients to be meticulous about recording when they have seizures and and the ways in which their condition improves. This is a very difficult task for obvious reasons!
      BREAK

  5. Discussion of Stakeholders' Experiences: the "real" and the "ideal"
    Stakeholders broke into groups to discuss their perspective on real and ideal world referral experiences, using a framework provided to each before the meeting (attached to this transcript). The groups reconvened and reported their views:

SUMMARY: Stakeholders' Real and Ideal-World Experiences With Referral
A.B. REALC. IDEAL
D.  Primary Care Physicians
  • Large number of issues reflect why referrals are made (initial diagnosis, unclear diagnosis, treatment initiation, treatment failure: efficacy, treatment failure: side effects, long-term management, need for other services, insurance coverage/reimbursement, and patient preference);

  • Most patients in managed care networks are referred back to generalized care after specialty care;

  • Implicit assumption that generalized care knows what to do when referral back occurs.

  • Referral reasons are situation dependent and heavily influenced by provider knowledge and comfort level;

  • Reimbursement or insurance coverage should not be an issue;

  • Patient preference should win.

E.  Neurologists
  • Neurologists are often the only doctor for patients suffering from seizures and provide a particular measure of primary care services;

  • Hard to generalize when referrals occur in the current system: there is great variation in the practice style, ability, and comfort level of neurologist who provides care to epileptics.

  • More specialized intervention should be sought at particular "break points" that may require expert knowledge / management: diagnosis, choosing medications, providing supplemental drugs such as folate/calcium, initial monitoring, managing comorbidities, counseling, and stopping medications.

F.G. REALH. IDEAL
I.  Primary Care Physicians
  • Large number of issues reflect why referrals are made (initial diagnosis, unclear diagnosis, treatment initiation, treatment failure: efficacy, treatment failure: side effects, long-term management, need for other services, insurance coverage/reimbursement, and patient preference);

  • Most patients in managed care networks are referred back to generalized care after specialty care;

  • Implicit assumption that generalized care knows what to do when referral back occurs.

  • Referral reasons are situation dependent and heavily influenced by provider knowledge and comfort level;

  • Reimbursement or insurance coverage should not be an issue;

  • Patient preference should win.

J.  Neurologists
  • Neurologists are often the only doctor for patients suffering from seizures and provide a particular measure of primary care services;

  • Hard to generalize when referrals occur in the current system: there is great variation in the practice style, ability, and comfort level of neurologist who provides care to epileptics.

  • More specialized intervention should be sought at particular "break points" that may require expert knowledge / management: diagnosis, choosing medications, providing supplemental drugs such as folate/calcium, initial monitoring, managing comorbidities, counseling, and stopping medications.

K.  Epileptologists
  • Receive referral of patients at all points in the course of their epileptic condition, and from all points in the system;

  • Reimbursement is a huge reason behind why some patients are referred to epileptologists and why others are not;

  • Epileptologists provide value-added services to patients who have only seen neurologists or primary care physicians;

  • Referrals back to generalized care stem from physicians' desire to maintain collegiality.

  • Referral back to generalized care should occur when patient has achieved remission of seizures with no side effects; or the patient is seen, evaluated, and a care plan for a neurologist can be formulated;

  • Patients return to epileptologists when any problems arise under the care of a neurologist or primary care physician.

L.  Health Services/Payors
  • Currently, health plan and provider selection by employers is typically made in a complete vacuum of information;

  • Network manager (plan or provider groups) have all of the needed skills and services;

  • Consumers feel that seeing a specialist is the norm/necessity since they do not have knowledge of evidence-based practice.

  • Expectations from providers need to be better defined by consumer groups;

  • Particular referral patterns will be adopted only if they save total costs to the health care system.

  • Specialized services do not have to be performed by specialists;

  • Rely on the mantra: "Getting people treated in the right way, at the right time, with the right skills, in the right setting, with the right outcome, at the right price."

M.  Consumers
  • Patient referrals are fueled by dissatisfaction with outcome of current care;

  • Patient preference is the main driver behind referrals;

  • Access to advanced treatments also drive referrals.

  • Patient should be provided enough education to know what services to expect from their providers;

  • Proper decisions need to be made about control of seizures vs. drug side effects (individual providing care must be familiar with this concept);

  • Referrals should be based upon meeting patients' goals for treatment.

Primary Care (L. Trost, I. Sledge)

  • All of the issues listed on the survey sheets are currently taking place and reflect why referrals are made;

  • In the ideal world, all of the referral reasons are situation-dependent and heavily influenced by provider knowledge and comfort level;

  • Curbside consults = same level of care;

  • Most patients in managed care networks are referred back to generalized care;

  • Pediatricians hold on to patients longer than do providers of care to adults;

  • Most effective efficacy path may actually raise costs. Let's consider efficacy, not cost, first;

  • Is it worth educating PCPs or having them refer patients to specialists in every instance?

  • Ideally, education for primary care providers is important even if only to reduce panic and improve triage;

  • In the ideal world, reimbursement or insurance coverage should not be an issue;

  • Patient preference should win in the ideal world;

  • (L. Trost): Interesting concept from another meeting: Patient-centered practice policies should be based on what the patients need rather the role of particular providers. Guidelines daring to address "who" should emphasize competencies (Association of American Family Practitioners.)

  • There is tremendous variation in practice style. It would make sense to study these differences and compare outcomes. High patient volume may lead to better outcomes; (there's a lot of literature in surgical specialties demonstrating that the more patients with a particular condition a provider sees, the better the outcomes).

Neurology (D. Cook, D. Stumpf)

  • Diagnosis and treatment can be conceptualized as a timeline. Where are the weak-points where expert intervention would be necessary? Six break-points can be identified:

graphic element

Researchable Question: Which patients are at risk for poor prognosis/problem courses? Can we classify patients by our ability to control their seizures?

Difficulty Experienced in Controlling Seizures of Particular Types of Patients

 YoungOldBrain LesionPassive/Poor Response to Counseling
General+++++++++++
Focal++++++++++++

Issues to Consider When Discussing Referral at This Level of Care

  • Thought process: there are some "low-hanging fruits" (patients whose seizures are easy to classify, control, and treat) who can be brought quickly to remission;

  • Easy patients may not need to be referred (low hanging fruit), but they still need to be counseled;

  • Are there variations in style of practice between neurologists? What are the differences?

  • What dictates the choice between monotherapy vs. polytherapy?

  • Organization of care... are "curbside" consults possible or not?

  • Where is the waste in the system (use of ER, bad diagnosis, misuse of technology, duplicity of CT and MRI testing, overuse of EEG);

  • Any breakdown at any point in the treatment timeline above triggers referral. (David Cook added the following comments in correspondence after the meeting: "I think that many GPs are not aware of when a breakdown occurs. Some of these 'breakdowns' may not cause seizures but may cause long-lasting problems in terms of difficulty with management and/or appropriate monitoring. Therefore, awaiting a breakdown in the system before the referral may be problematic.")

  • Counseling takes lots and lots of time that a neurologist may not have (who will do it?);

  • Our discussion is an issue regarding classification of patients: easy things that doctors can do vs. what needs to be done by other, more epilepsy-focused individuals;

  • PRINCIPAL CARE ISSUE: Often patients don't go to PCP, but directly to neurologist who manages all care (because epilepsy is the primary concern). Neurologists have varying levels of comfort and expertise providing primary care (e.g., cholesterol management, pap smears, etc.) For a seizure-free patient, a neurologist can provide primary care and often does;

  • (J. Stumpf, G. Barkley): Counseling concept -- sequential presentations (counseling). People can't assimilate important information all at once.

Epileptologists (J. French, G. Barkley)

  • Variation in care is an important issue. Epileptologists receive patient referrals from all different points in the course of their epileptic condition. No matter which point of care a patient arrives, 90% of patients claim that they have little information or understanding about their condition and the necessary care they should seek;

  • In the real world, reimbursement is a huge reason for why some people are referred to epileptologists and why others are not;

  • No matter how good the care of the referring neurologist, there are always little things about management of patient that could be tweaked: epileptologists certainly provide value-added services;

  • How to choose patients for referral that will most benefit from the epileptologist and his or her resources?

  • There is a common misperception that the epileptologist charges more. Cost may hence be a confounding issue when making decisions about when to refer to such specialized care. The epileptologist charges about the same as a neurologist but provides more time and more specialized care to patients. Epileptologists don't make money based on number of patients they see in an hour. Most of the revenue at epilepsy centers comes from drug studies, surgery referrals, academic sources, etc. This arrangement is a luxury that people in office practice may not have;

  • Why do epileptologists refer patients back to more generalized care? To maintain collegial relations. Difficult to get patients to go back! The patient realizes that so many important resources are available (social worker, psychologist, epilepsy nurse, etc.) at epilepsy centers. When they call in middle of night in case of an emergency, everyone who answers has some specialized epilepsy training;

  • Other circumstances would warrant referral to more general care: remission of seizures without side-effects; the patient is seen, evaluated, and a care plan for a neurologist can be formulated. If any problems arise in long-term management, the patient can always be sent back to the epilepsy center;

  • How do we get patients to drive the process of moving between different types of providers? Is this even a good idea? (Many patients are perhaps not as articulate and forthright as others);

  • Empowering patients is very important in modifying patterns of care usage; patients need to know more about their condition;

  • The mantra "seizure free with no side effects" often drives referrals. But there's a point where you have to consider the patient's quality of life and draw the line as to how intense or invasive the medical interventions will be;

  • Do we control seizures to the patient's or physician's satisfaction? Patients should be educated enough to know what's best for them... and what to expect from their care providers;

  • (S. Smith): "No seizures, no side effects" a physician-centered perspective when it emerged at the Orlando conference;

  • (J. French): Physicians need to have realistic expectations. Probably 30% of patients will not achieve goal of "no seizures, no side effects."

Open Discussion

  • Patients seem to have epiphanies about their condition at epilepsy centers. A multidisciplinary approach to patient care is clearly needed. People lose control in their lives because they are randomly attacked by a seizures - it's very different than, for instance, having predictable arthritis every morning, or having chest pain when exercising too hard (e.g., heart patients). Patients need knowledge to develop understanding about their lives and condition - this will lead to improved quality of life;

  • Problem: sometimes doctors think they can be everything to their patients and don't refer;

  • In Orlando, it came out in discussions that doctors were never referring well-informed patients to the epilepsy foundation for resources and information. Doctors can't assume that even these patients will not need support from other individuals. Doctor shouldn't feel that they have supplied all the information necessary for an epileptic to get by, because that is rarely the case;

  • Phenytoin may not be the best drug of choice for all patients (adverse drug reactions), but it is the most commonly prescribed. Physicians are stubborn and need evidence-based information;

  • Internet: source of both information and misinformation. Evidence-based information needs to become freely available via this medium. For instance, CDC needs to lead the way so people know where to turn when they have information needs;

  • Many good practice guidelines (evidence-based) are available in other disease settings. Problem is how to implement and change behavior of everyone in a system who provides care. Need complex issues distilled to algorithms that can be easily followed in busy practice.

Health Services/Payors (S. Mercure, M. Gunter)

  • Health plan and provider selection by employers is typically made in a complete vacuum of information. Employers simply assume that the health plan has important evidence-based information and is providing the right array of services and providers for patients within the plan. Employers do not feel the need for details;

  • Cost-effectiveness and total health care costs are critical. The only way any referral patterns will be adopted is if they save total costs to the system and improve the quality of healthcare. Cost includes lost work time as well as direct health care expenditures;

  • Employers will pay only if they know something is worth it. Is $5 in extra premium going to lead to better outcomes for employees and hence less days off from work?

  • Health professions need to remove their own job title barrier problems. Rely on the mantra: "Getting people treated in the right way, at the right time, with the right skills, in the right setting, with the right outcome, at the right price;"

  • Consumers buy into evidence-based practice ("I have to see a specialist"). Self-referral occurs when people make a fuss within their system;

  • Patients may select plans based on relationships with particular providers, generalists or specialists;

  • Expectations from providers need to be defined by consumer groups;

  • Specialized services (e.g., education) do not necessarily have to be performed by specialists;

  • Telephone conversations work well in organized systems (without a real referral). Cost-saving curbside consultations.

Consumers (L. Warner, P. Dean, J. Bender)

  • Patient referrals are fueled by dissatisfaction with outcome of current care;

  • Patient preference is the main driver behind referrals (and should be);

  • Patient education fuels demand for appropriate care - often one call or the sound of the word "appeal" to an MCO gets them to pay;

  • ER is a dangerous, undesirable place;

  • Different patients have different thresholds and levels of education and preparation which also guide referrals;

  • Common reason for referral: access to advanced treatments;

  • Many people with epilepsy do not have PCPs but neurologists as their primary caregivers. Many advocacy groups want the specialist to be the gatekeeper. A dangerous trend for people with multiple conditions? Does this promote gaps in preventive care?

  • Some doctors are satisfied with their control of seizures when in actuality, the seizures can be better controlled. It comes down to seizures vs. drug side effects... Satisfaction of patient will stem from them knowing this trade-off and accepting the right balance of intervention;

  • There is still a lot of stigma against epilepsy - which prevents people from going to a doctor in the first place;

  • Doctors and other health care workers often overreact to epilepsy/seizures - how are patients supposed to act and feel? Education of the primary care givers is extremely important;

  • What is patient's goal (for treatment)? This has to be identified by providers AFTER the patient is educated. Quality of life vs. remission of seizures. What risk are patients willing to take to control their seizures?

  • GOAL: "no seizures, no side effects" - a goal for most folks. A good piece of public education for patients and providers (that it is possible at all). Important for this word to be out there.

____________________

POST LUNCH

____________________

V. Approaches to Framework/Model for Referral Criteria (using best available evidence)

Referral Strategies That Could Be Utilized in Framework (J. French, I. Sledge)

  1. Point of care - referral at important points in care that may require expert opinion and resources: first diagnosis, choosing medications, drug delivery, changing medications;

  2. Time-based - no referral while patient is symptom free and without side effects Referral if remission/control of seizures not achieved in a particular amount of time;

  3. Population-based - particular at-risk populations need referral (e.g., epilepsy in childbearing age, epilepsy with co-morbid condition, epileptic on three or more drugs, etc.);

  4. Service-oriented approach - what can a PCP do? What facilities/resources/services are needed to be able to manage epilepsy? And where are they located? Patient referrals driven by availability of services.

Discussion

  • How do we find evidence for particular referral paths? ("back door" approach);

  • Strategies above are not necessarily mutually exclusive (particularly 1 and 3);

  • Where do we think we can find evidence?

  • What evidence will be useful to people whom we want to use the evidence?

  • If no evidence available, then develop research questions...

  • Who accredits epilepsy centers? What defines the resources available at the comprehensive epilepsy centers? National Association of Epilepsy Centers established expectations for the centers 10 years ago. Currently, there is no national standard established by a funder, government agency, etc;

  • Goal for group: not to get locked into particular types of providers, centers, etc., since what they can deliver is varied across the United States;

  • Focus on critical elements of care. Could centers help define what needs to be available for epilepsy patients?

  • Where do patients get stuck when they really should be referred for further care? At a specialist or a generalist? Patients may get stuck when they don't realize that there are better services available. Consumer needs to be educated as to what the services are. Their own advocacy may drive treatment;

  • The group representing consumers warned, however, that consumer driven health care is a blight on the system. Many people cannot speak for themselves to get what they need;

  • (S. Ross) Strategies 3 and 4 seem complementary and researchable. Develop a menu of potentially important services, consider specific populations, and then bring a time model to the issue. These are researchable strategies... and it's easy to identify where the gaps are. This approach gets away from talking about specific types of providers.

  • Need to survey evidence to back up pieces of the framework. Outcomes data will be a big missing piece of any puzzle, but outcomes studies are a second step needed to answer the question: "Will the evidence assembled have merit in real life?"

  • Need to help: CONSUMERS, PRIMARY CARE PROVIDERS, and INSURERS make decisions about referral. We have to get them information in a concise, logical way...

  • Stumpf warns that the existing literature is published mainly by neurologists and subspecialty neurologists whose patient populations are small subsets of the real population. How to develop population-based guidelines from skewed evidence?

Populations Who May Need Referral for More Specialized Care

(Numeric ranking shown below is derived from a consensus vote and indicate research priority based on potential impact on healthcare systems, patients, and providers)

Note: Support system should be independent variable for every population category.

(1) All those undergoing 1st diagnosis (children, adults, elderly) : Patients presenting with seizures could have any one or more of a number of different conditions. Someone needs to interpret different types of diagnostic information to classify the seizures. Are there predictors of changing diagnosis? Features to search in the literature: epidemiology (including misdiagnosis), history, work-up results, differential diagnosis, initiation of treatment, and venue of first diagnosis (ER or office, for instance).

Women with epilepsy (peri-childbearing, peri-menopausal)

Elderly patients

Patients presenting with febrile seizures

(3) Patients with comorbidities (brain injured stroke, motor syndromes, mental retardation, etc.): More likely to need specialized care to manage seizures or both conditions simultaneously.

(4) Patients demonstrating intractability

Patients with drug interactions

(4) Patients with side effects from Antiepileptic Drugs

(5) Withdrawals of Antiepileptic Drugs (Adult, Child)

Discussion

  • (D. Stumpf) was concerned that there is not even sufficient data to show that EEGs are important to improving patient outcomes. Stumpf was very concerned that there is not enough data out there to create a menu of services required for the diagnosis of epilepsy;

  • (J. French) agreed in part, but suggested that part of our responsibility to find out where further studies are needed;

  • (D. Stumpf) thought of this project as a hypothesis-testing exercise.

  • (S. Smith) reminded the group that this is neither a hypothesis-testing or hypothesis-generating exercise, but a policy planning exercise;

  • (G. Barkley) refers to an organization of care in epilepsy article by Gruman in the Journal of Ambulatory Care Managment (S. Smith has the paper);

Menu of Services

First Diagnosis

General categories of things to look at:

  • Technology

  • Therapy

  • Differential Diagnosis

  • History

  • Epidemiology

  • Work-up

Things that need to be done:

  • Take history

  • Full physical

  • Work-up (lumbar taps, blood work)

  • Counsel the patient

  • OT, PT, speech and language assessment

Things that might need to be available:

  • EEG

  • Scans (CT, MRI)

  • Someone with knowledge of AEDs

  • Someone with knowledge of classification

  • Special EEGs with invasive monitoring, video monitoring, etc.

Discussion

  • There's a lot that can be done at the time of first diagnosis that can save $$ and improve outcomes down the line.

  • Issue: do we need evidence for what's needed to make a diagnosis of the first seizure in a population? The literature on comparative diagnostics is enormous.

  • Is there evidence to show what services/resources should be on the menu? Is that what we need to look at?

  • Problem: If roles are not established alongside what needs to be done, then people who are unqualified to perform certain roles may end up performing them but incorrectly... but the literature is not likely to be there to support how comfortable or knowledgeable physicians feel about making diagnosis. This will be a major gap.

  • Consumers (or payors) can be alerted to know that there are questions that should or can be asked to a provider.

  • Issue: incorrect diagnosis is a huge issue. Where do we draw the line when talking about diagnosis? Should we look at related disease states to dig up people who are epileptics but misdiagnosed? (e.g., look up syncope and see how many people are epileptic.)

  • We need to alert people that misdiagnosis is extremely common and that there are consequences.

VI. Next Steps
(S. Ross)

  • Meeting report will go to CDC/AHCPR for review;

  • Final meeting in Phase I will occur in April/May;

  • This will be followed by a go-no-go Phase II decision by the CDC;

  • Suggest a framework for organizing researchable issues by doing a cross tab of item 3 (populations) and 4 (services). Each selected cell in the matrix could be researched for quantity and quality of evidence available in literature.

VIII. Epilogue (CDC/AHCPR/MW/LDI organizers)

By next week :

  • MW will develop the cross tab framework described above;

  • MW will produce and distribute meeting transcript;

  • We will all continue weekly meetings but with potential change of day and time;

  • CDC will send MW a copy of Gruman paper referenced earlier: (Gruman J., VonKorff M., Reynolds J., Wagner E.H., and Barkley G.L. Organizing health care for people with seizures and epilepsy. J Ambulatory Care Manage 1998; 21/2: 1 - 17.

According to Task Order timeline:

  • MW will develop and submit first draft of Final Report on Phase I of Task Order;

  • MW will coordinate all schedules for Phase 1 close-out meeting in Washington, DC to review Report & Recommendations for Phase II.

N. IX. Draft Sample Matrix for Evidence Review

Services (Human and Resources)
PopulationsHISTORYLAB TESTSSCANSEEGCOUNSELING
1 (1st diagnosis) 2 (intractability) 3 (co-morbidity) 4 5 etc.Each cell exploded to reveal evidence
or lack thereof (and need for outcomes)

Attachment F: Matrix - Healthcare Services and Resources

Healthcare Services and Resources
DIAGNOSIS
PopulationHistoryNeuropsychological AssessmentPhysical ExamImagingImagingEEGEEGEEGEEGLumbar PunctureRoutine Blood Work
Adult & Pediatric   CTMRIStandardVideoInvasiveProlonged Ambulatory Monitoring  
Patients Undergoing First Diagnosis           
Patients Demonstrating Intractability           
Patients Presenting With Comorbities           
Patients With Side Effects from AEDs           
Patients Withdrawing From AED Therapy           

Legend: This matrix was created to provide a framework for evaluating the quantity of evidence pertaining to various healthcare services and resources (x-axis) as well as patient populations of interest (y-axis). The populated framework matrix can be found in Appendix B. Grey areas represent assumptions of non-applicability or minimal evidence, but did not prohibit the inclusion of evidence found on these topics.

Appendix 2 Populated Matrix -- Potential Literature Available

graphic element

The cells contain the number of applicable citations as determined by the screening and categorizing of abstracts (see "Literature Search" for more information). For example, the highlighted box "123" pertains to the number of studies addressing the value of history-taking in the care of patients undergoing first diagnosis of epilepsy.

graphic element

The cells contain the number of applicable citations as determined by the screening and categorizing of abstracts (see "Literature Search" for more information). For example, the highlighted box "3" pertains to the number of studies addressing the value of standard EEG during the monitoring of patients undergoing first diagnosis of epilepsy.

graphic element

The cells contain the number of applicable citations as determined by the screening and categorizing of abstracts (see "Literature Search" for more information). For example, the highlighted box "117" pertains to the number of studies addressing the value of pharmacologic expertise during the treatment of patients who have undergone their first diagnosis of epilepsy.

Appendix 3

Critical Questions for Systematic Review AHCPR/CDC Epilepsy October 20, 1999

Population 1: Patients Undergoing First Diagnosis

Primary Question: What elements (expertise, services, tests) may be needed to make the first diagnosis and initiate and monitor optimal treatment?

  1. For the following tests. . .

    • Standard/Routine EEG

    • Ambulatory EEG

    • Video-EEG Monitoring

    • Invasive EEG

    • CT

    • MRI

    • Lumbar Puncture

    • Blood Testing

    • What is the cumulative contribution (in order of increasing invasiveness and cost) of each of the following diagnostic interventions to the accurate diagnosis of patients presenting with their first seizure?

    • What are the positive and negative predictive values of each test alone?

    • In what instances do additional tests add little useful information?

    • Is there evidence that not applying particular tests will lead to incorrect diagnosis, negative health or negative psychosocial outcomes?

    • Are these tests useful for all patients undergoing first diagnosis, or only particular sub-populations?

    • Which components of the patient's history are necessary to accurately diagnose the first seizure?

  2. What criteria should be used to guide decisions regarding the timing and selection of treatments for patients undergoing first diagnosis?

  3. Which interventions are necessary to adequately monitor patients on their first epileptic drug regimen? To ensure that the first diagnosis was correct? For what period of time should this monitoring occur? Should such monitoring be routine or prompted by particular symptoms/events?

  4. What aspects of pharmacological expertise have been demonstrated to result in optimal patient outcomes (maximum reduction of seizure frequency with minimal side effects)? (pharmacological expertise: selection of optimal AED based on epilepsy diagnosis and patient characteristics; adjusting drugs and dosages to reduce seizures; monitoring and limiting adverse drug reactions and interactions; monitoring patient's tolerance and compliance with particular drug regimens; recognizing changes in seizure characteristics; ordering and interpreting appropriate lab tests based on knowledge of specific adverse events associated with different drugs).

  5. What social services are necessary for patients at the time of first diagnosis? Employment counseling? Assistance/information from the Epilepsy Foundation? And is there evidence demonstrating that counseling improves patient follow-up, compliance and quality of life?

Population 2: Patients Demonstrating Intractability

Primary Question: What elements (expertise, services, tests) may be needed to identify and care for intractable patients?

  1. How should intractability be defined?

  2. Is there evidence that a lack of particular expertise, services, or tests will lead to improper management or negative outcomes?

  3. What is the contribution to appropriate diagnosis/treatment of the following tests: routine EEG, ambulatory EEG, video-EEG monitoring, CT, MRI (with special protocols such as FLAIR), PET, and specialized drug monitoring?

  4. What interventions should be available to confirm diagnostic suspicions of intractability due to incorrect initial diagnosis? Due to inappropriate treatment?

  5. When should the following treatment interventions be available to intractable patients: investigational drug studies, surgical evaluation, vagal nerve stimulation, neuropyschological testing, and social work? In what order? And how should intervention outcomes be evaluated?

  6. How long should a patient be followed without improvement before the next level of care is sought?

Population 3: Patients Presenting With Comorbidities

Primary Question: What elements (expertise, services, tests) may be needed to care for patients with comorbidities?

  1. What monitoring interventions are appropriate for pregnant women with epilepsy? What AEDs? What special counseling?

  2. What counseling and/or testing should be offered to men with epilepsy on AEDs, with regard to endocrine status, fertility, and reproductive outcomes?

  3. Are children of epileptic women (or men) in need of special diagnostic tests? Monitoring? What is the incidence of congenital anomalies? Are long term developmental outcomes similar to children without epilepsy?

  4. Are children with mental retardation more likely to suffer epilepsy? Are there specific diagnostic or monitoring interventions that should be available to children with mental retardation or other neuropsychological disabilities to diagnose epilepsy? Do these children require special treatments?

Population 4: Patients With Side Effects from AEDs

Primary Question: What elements (expertise, services, tests) may be needed to care for patients experiencing the adverse effects of anti-epileptic drug therapy?

  1. What monitoring tools/resources best detect or predict the onset of AED-related adverse events?

  2. Are AED side effects currently underdiagnosed?

  3. What patient and treatment factors are associated with a higher risk of AED side effects? What diagnostic or monitoring interventions can best detect the side effects associated with particular patient or treatment factors? What pharmacologic expertise may prevent these side effects?

  4. What is the appropriate management (diagnosis and treatment) of AED-related side effects? When should patients with side effects be referred?

  5. What measures should be routinely employed to reduce the incidence of AED side effects?

Population 5: Patients Withdrawing from AED Therapy

Primary Question: What elements (expertise, services, tests) may be needed to care for patients withdrawing from anti-epileptic drug therapy?

  1. Which patients may be safely withdrawn from AEDs? What diagnostic or monitoring interventions can identify such patients?

  2. What monitoring interventions should be employed after withdrawal of AEDs?

  3. What counseling should patients receive upon withdrawal of AEDs? What activity restrictions should be placed upon these patients?

  4. When should treatments be reintroduced in patients who have withdrawn from AEDs?

Appendix 4

LEGENDDomains for Prioritizing Questions for Systematic Review

Purpose: To refine our literature review, members of the project technical expert panel (TEP) were asked to rate each population (and critical questions associated with that population) against the prioritization criteria listed on the y-axis (left-hand side) of the following spreadsheet. The cells of the spreadsheet contain aggregate TEP ratings. The tallies at the bottom of the spreadsheet facilitated the decision to pursue a systematic review of the literature concerning patients undergoing the first diagnosis of epilepsy ("Population One"). The critical questions relevant to each population can be found in Appendix C.

Population One: Patients undergoing their first diagnosis.

Population Two: Patients demonstrating intractability.

Population Three: Patients presenting with comorbidities.

Population Four: Patients with side effects from anti-epileptic drug therapy (AEDs).

Population Five: Patients withdrawing from AED therapy.

AHRQ Epilepsy - Technical Expert Panel Comains Results
Domains for Prioritizing Questions for Systematic Review - TEP RESULTS
AHCPR/CDC Epilepsy
 POPULATION 1POPULATION 2POPULATION 3POPULATION 4POPULATION 5
QUESTION #123451234561234123451234
Please rate each question on a scale of 1 (not useful) to 10 (extremely useful) based on their relevance to the following topics:
Addressess an issue affecting largest number of epileptic patients767364666436383232274835374828636463595655394234
Addresses the needs of older or poorer patients (Medicare/Medicaid)656456636636453938365038394044666467585756394834
Addressess high current cost of care (or an issue with high potential cost savings)596856655950645154426144183437544053514859313637
Recommendations likely to lead to improvement in quality of care or reduce practice variation617069685472696361566064474742645163565867544535
Addresses an issue where implementation of evidence-based recommendations are likely656258654261626159535761274041524850474656443939
Addresses an issue where impact of recommendations can be measured646069565453664744465064324841524548514161423640
Potential for systematic reivew based on availability of evidence (CD-ROM, populated matrix)545556543552575750465143222623544740343547282228
Column TOTALS444452428437374360401350338306377349222283256405359384356341401277268247
Population TOTALS (average)2135 (427.0)2132 (355.3)1110 (277.5)1845 (369.0)1193 (298.3)

Appendix 5

Criteria for Referral of Patients with EpilepsyPhase II Work Plan: Part BNovember 23, 1999December 14, 1999 (Revision)November 23, 1999

1.0 Introduction

The topic "Criteria for Referral of Patients with Epilepsy" was nominated by the CDC to support its efforts to determine effective care for persons with epilepsy. These criteria may be used as a framework for organizing the clinical processes necessary to provide optimal care for persons with epilepsy.

The project has been carried out in 2 phases. Phase I tasks were preparatory to a one-day meeting of diverse stakeholders, including epilepsy specialists, neurologists, primary care providers, health care systems representatives, and consumer advocates. The meeting resulted in a matrix framework of patient populations of interest, and health care services for each.

In Phase II, Part A, an initial assessment of the quantity of literature potentially available for each cell on the matrix was obtained (see Appendix 1). This work was described in the Work Plan dated May 24, 1999, with revision dated July 29, 1999. Questions regarding diagnosis, monitoring, and treatment services were then formulated to guide subsequent literature reviews in each patient population (see Appendix 2). Stakeholder feedback was obtained to help prioritize the questions, populations, and services along several domains (see Appendix 3). Phase II, Part A concluded with a joint decision made at a conference call October 29, 1999 to pursue a systematic review of the literature to answer questions referable to one population (persons with a first diagnosis of epilepsy) across all of the healthcare service questions posed. This selection was made because it received the highest priority ratings from stakeholders; it appeared to have sufficient literature available; and the remaining contract budget was sufficient to cover the anticipated work.

In Phase II, Part B, a systematic review of the literature will be performed. The following is the Work Plan for Phase II, Part B.

2.0 Objective

The primary objective of Phase II, Part B of this project is to answer specific questions regarding diagnosis, monitoring, and treatment services needed by people with a first diagnosis of epilepsy. The following specific questions will be addressed in the systematic review:

  1. What elements (expertise, services, and tests) may be needed to make the first diagnosis and initiate and monitor optimal treatment?

    1. For the following tests (EEG - standard, ambulatory, video, invasive -, CT, MRI, lumbar puncture, blood tests), what is the cumulative contribution (in order of increasing invasiveness and cost) of each of the interventions to the accurate diagnosis of patients presenting with a first diagnosis? Does timing or urgency of completion of tests affect decisions and/or patient outcomes? What is the positive and negative predictive value of each test alone? In what instances do additional tests add little useful information? Is there evidence that not applying particular tests will lead to incorrect diagnosis, negative health or negative psychosocial outcomes? Are these tests useful for all patients undergoing first diagnosis? Or only particular sub-populations? Which components of the patient's history are necessary to accurately diagnosis the first seizure?

  2. What criteria should be used to guide decisions regarding the timing and selection of treatments for patients undergoing first diagnosis? Are all available treatment modalities being considered if seizures persist?

  3. Which interventions are necessary to adequately monitor patients on their first epileptic drug regimen? To ensure that the first diagnosis was correct? For what period of time should this monitoring occur? Should such monitoring be routine or prompted by particular symptoms/events?

  4. What aspects of pharmacological expertise have been demonstrated to result in optimal patient outcomes (maximum reduction of seizure frequency with minimal side effects)? (Pharmacological expertise = selection of optimal antiepileptic drugs (AEDs) based on epilepsy diagnosis and patient characteristics; adjusting drugs and dosages to reduce seizures; monitoring and limiting adverse drug reactions and interactions; monitoring patients' tolerance and compliance with particular drug regimens; recognizing changes in seizure characteristics; ordering and interpreting appropriate lab tests based on knowledge of specific adverse events associated with different drugs).

  5. What social services are necessary for patients at the time of first diagnosis? Employment counseling? Assistance/information from the Epilepsy Foundation? And is there evidence demonstrating that counseling improves patient follow-up? Compliance? Quality of life?

3.0 Methods

In general, MetaWorks will apply the latest and established best methods in the evolving science of review research (1 - 5). A flow diagram outlining the systematic review process is located in Appendix 4. The following tasks will proceed sequentially, and a project timeline is provided in Appendix 5.

Specific tasks are described below:

  1. Phase II, Part B Work Plan Development and Topic Refinement
    1a. MetaWorks will submit this Phase II, Part B Work Plan as a draft to the AHCPR TOO and CDC for approval. The Work Plan will also be sent simultaneously to the TEP (as constituted in Phase II, Part A - see list of names in Appendix (6) for review and feedback. Feedback will be incorporated as appropriate.
    1b. In addition to the TEP, MetaWorks will identify up to 12 individuals who are expert in the topic area, to serve as peer reviewers of the draft evidence report. MetaWorks will submit the names of these experts and organizations to the TOO and CDC for approval.
    1c. MetaWorks will then review existing evidence in order to:

    1. assess the incidence and prevalence of persons with a first diagnosis of epilepsy, including the characteristics and size of the affected populations(s) and presence of specific high-risk groups.

    2. assess the burden of illness associated with a first diagnosis of epilepsy, including morbidity, mortality impact on developmental milestones, quality of life, loss of productivity, medical costs to diagnosis and treat, and other economic costs or burdens associated with a first diagnosis of epilepsy.

    1d. With input from the TEP, MetaWorks will specify a causal pathway that identifies the critical diagnostic, monitoring, and treatment services for this specific population and links them to desired patient outcomes.
    1e. MetaWorks will submit a report on results of subtasks 1b-d to the TOO.

  2. Literature Search, Study Selection, and Development of the Database
    MetaWorks' Medline search and screening of abstracts in Phase II, Part 1 of this Task Order, which covered the period 1980 to April 15, 1999, suggests there are approximately 400 unique citations to be further screened for inclusion in this review. This figure does not take into account the results of searching other bibliographic databases and manual searching, which will both be performed now. Nevertheless, from the Medline search and screening already performed, we estimate a 20% yield or 80 studies ultimately accepted for inclusion in the review. Each of these 80 may contain data addressing multiple services in multiple modalities (diagnosis, treatment, monitoring).
    MetaWorks will systematically review and assess the relevant scientific evidence for each question. In particular, MetaWorks will:

    1. Search
      MetaWorks will update the Medline search to November 1, 1999. It will also search Current Contents and the Cochrane Library, as well as a manual search of references from recent reviews (last 3 years) on the subject of first diagnosis of epilepsy. We will contact the TEP to identify any other relevant bibliographic databases and/or studies. In addition, Internet sites will be checked for potential leads to additional studies as well as to identify existing clinical guidelines, potentially important authors and special interest groups who may assist.

    2. Study Screening
      MetaWorks will download and print all abstracts not previously obtained for subsequent screening by the Project Team members. In some cases, it may not be possible from the abstract alone to determine the specific population, test, or outcome involved in the study. All abstracts lacking an obvious exclusion criterion, will be included for retrieval of full papers, if the categorization is unclear.
      Screening is typically a two level activity, where the librarian and research assistants on the team perform a Level I screen, whereby they reject abstracts which are obviously ineligible, such as animal studies or, for example, studies written in ineligible languages, e.g., Polish. Whenever there is doubt about eligibility based upon review of abstracts and/or titles, full papers are retrieved by the research assistants from the local medical libraries. The second level of screening (Level II) is typically performed by the investigator and any coinvestigators, and is performed on full papers. These reviewers check each paper against the inclusion and exclusion criteria as set out further below. Since study selection is a critical component of any systematic review, the Level II screen requires the agreement of 2 reviewers for each paper selected and rejected. In cases of disagreement, a third reviewer will adjudicate. In such cases, the questionable papers are typically set aside for use in subsequent sensitivity analyses of the outcomes, to determine what effect, if any, their inclusion and exclusion would have on the overall results.

    3. Study Selection
      See the Phase II, Part A Work Plan for Level I exclusion criteria already applied to all abstracts during Level I screening in Phase II, Part A. An additional exclusion criterion to be applied at Level II is that of studies where results for first diagnosis patients cannot be separated from results from other patient populations.
      Level II inclusion criteria are:

      • Study designs: observational [prospective, retrospective, and cross sectional], or interventional [randomized non-randomized controlled trials (non-RCTs), and uncontrolled case series (UCS)].

      • Adults or children with a first diagnosis of epilepsy.

      • Studies addressing any of the following diagnostic interventions: history, neuropsychological assessment, physical exam, imaging with CT, MRI, or PET scans, EEG (standard, video, invasive, ambulatory), lumbar puncture, or blood test.

      • Studies addressing any of the following monitoring interventions: EEG (standard, video, invasive, or ambulatory), lab tests (hematology/biochemistry) and drug assays (standard or sophisticated), and pharmacologic expertise.

      • Studies addressing any treatment intervention: pharmacological expertise, counseling/psychosocial, surgery (resective or vagus) PT/OT, speech language, investigational study, education.

      MetaWorks will submit to the TOO a summary of this literature screening phase, including total number of abstracts reviewed for this population, articles retrieved, eligible studies identified, and reasons for exclusion. MetaWorks will prepare study level evidence tables wherein key features of each accepted study are displayed. These will include lead author, year of publication, country of study, study design, total number of patients studied, main interventions studied, and the main outcomes available. These study level evidence tables will be submitted with the full bibliography of accepted and rejected studies to the AHCPR TOO for feedback. Also included will be MetaWorks' recommendations regarding changing direction or scope of the project based upon the findings.

    4. Data Extraction
      MetaWorks will next extract key data from each eligible study, and enter extracted data into an electronic database. Data extraction is accomplished by one researcher recording data from original reports onto a data extraction form (DEF), and consensed by a second researcher checking all DEF fields (both filled and blank) against the original report. Differences are resolved prior to data entry. DEFs are designed in advance, and pilot tested on a small sample of eligible studies. The pilot test allows for necessary edits to the DEF to be made prior to broad implementation on all studies. Dual review of all data serves to reduce error and bias in the data extraction process. Teams of data extractors ideally consist of one methodologist paired with one clinician.
      Data extraction forms (DEF) will be created specifically for this project. Data from each accepted study will be extracted onto the DEF independently by one reviewer and the completed DEF will be 100% checked against the original articles by a second reviewer. Any differences will be resolved by consensus, thus two reviewers must agree on all data. The data will then be entered in MetaWorks' relational database, MetaHub. At this time, it is anticipated that the following data elements will be extracted:
      Study level characteristics

      • Publication year

      • Geographical location of study

      • Study design (retrospective observational, prospective observational, or prospective interventional - RCT, nRCT, UCS)

      • Methodological assessment

        • Level of Evidence (I-V) - all studies

        • Jadad Quality Score - RCTs

      • Total number (and per group) of patients enrolled

      • Total number (and per group) of patients lost to follow-up and withdrawn

      • Study duration

      • Accrual years (or interval of observation)

      • Primary study objective or endpoint (text)

      • Funding source/industry sponsorship (yes or no/NR)

      • Costs component available (yes/no)

      • Type of facility/institution (teaching, non-teaching, community, office or clinic, epilepsy center, other)


      Patient characteristics
      • Age: years (mean, median, and range)

      • Race (number per category: Caucasian/African American/Hispanic/Asian/Other)

      • Gender distributionm

      • Family history of epilepsy

      • Presentation (symptoms, observed events, other)

      • Presentation (first time vs. repeat or recurring events)

      • Physical findings (neurological, other)

      • Idiopathic vs. symptomatic epilepsy

      • First seizure type (convulsion vs. partial, etc.)

      • Provisional Diagnosis (classification system and assignment)


      Intervention Characteristics
      • Test Interventions (for diagnosis or monitoring)

      • EEG (standard, ambulatory, video, invasive)

      • CT

      • MRI

      • PET scan

      • lumbar puncture

      • blood tests (specify)

      • Timing of each of the above

      • Monitoring schedule (routine - with interval - or prompted)

      • Final Diagnosis (classification system and assignment)

      • Final Diagnosis changed from original (provisional) diagnosis? (yes, no)

      • Treatment Interventions (pharmacologic, counseling, neuropsychological, surgical, other)

      • Timing of treatment initiation (first presentation or subsequent)

      • Pharmacological expertise level reported (text)

      • Care provider (team or sole: primary care, internal medicine, general neurologist, epilepsy specialist, surgeon, radiologist, other)

      • Location of care


      Outcomes:
      • Optimal patient outcomes defined? If yes, text.

      • Optimal patient outcomes achieved? (# patients yes, no) and time of achievement.

      • Time zero for time to outcomes achieved.

      • Sensitivity and specificity of test interventions

      • Positive and negative predictive value of test interventions

      • Compliance measured and achieved, and method

      • Quality of life measured and achieved, and method

      (These preliminary selections may change prior to finalization of the DEF as a result of input from the TEP and/or subsequent revisions to this Work Plan during topic refinement).

    5. Quality Assessment
      At the time of data extraction, all studies will be appraised according to a previously published Level of Evidence (Appendix 7). Each accepted RCT will also be scored for quality (features of randomization method used, blinding of treatments, and accounting for all patients entered and withdrawn) by the Jadad Quality Score Assessment (Appendix 8). An Evidence Score will be computed for each study as the product of the Level of Evidence score by the Jadad score (if available). For studies with no Jadad score, the multiplier will be 1. Thus RCTs will be given a higher overall quality score than studies which are not RCTs. Evidence scores may be used as categorical or continuous variables in subsequent sensitivity analyses (e.g., multivariate regression analyses) or by exploring the impact of outliers upon the results. They are also important to consider in interpretations of the reliability and significance of the evidence available in support of any conclusions.

    6. Database Development
      All consensed data will be entered into the MetaWorks MetaHub database. Data entry is performed by 1 to 2 research assistants on the Project Team from a consensus version of the DEF for each included study. These research assistants have been trained and demonstrated competency in the entry of data to MetaHub.

    7. Database quality control
      100% of entered data is checked back to the DEFs after each form is completely entered. In addition, a 20% random sampling of data in the completed database will be checked by the Quality Control (QC) group at MetaWorks against the data extraction forms. Again, all discrepancies in data are reconciled, if necessary by referring back to the original papers. Error rates in excess of 2% of checked data will trigger a 100% check of all data elements in the database.
      Once the accuracy of the database has been verified as described above, it is locked. No further changes are allowed after the data is locked. This is the dataset that will be used by the statisticians for any analysis, and to create raw data tables displaying key data elements of interest, by study.

  3. Synthesis of Evidence
    This task involves bringing together all of the evidence into a coherent report and presenting the raw data in a tabular format as well as performing both qualitative and quantitative data syntheses as data permit and as protocol objectives require. MetaWorks will prepare and submit to the TOO evidence tables and summaries of estimates of important patient outcomes associated with epilepsy. At this time, MetaWorks will include a bibliography in computerized format of all literature abstracted for the evidence tables or used to develop the evidence. MetaWorks will also develop and submit for TOO approval its recommendations for any supplemental analyses, such as meta-analyses and/or cost analyses.

  4. Peer Review
    In addition to the TEP described above, MetaWorks will identify up to 12 additional individuals who are expert in the topic area, to serve as peer reviewers of the draft evidence report. The profile of the peer review group will be similar to that of the TEP, and may also include representatives from major manufacturers of the medications and test interventions included in the evidence report.
    A copy of each draft evidence report will be sent to each peer reviewer, along with a reviewer's form to be completed and returned to MetaWorks. This form will contain a checklist of items to be assessed as well as provide room for free-form text comments. The type of commentary invited will be the type that journal reviewers are typically asked to provide, such as the scientific relevance of the topic, the appropriateness of the methods used, the quality of execution of the methods, and the presentation and interpretation of the results. Each form will show the identity of the reviewer, as well as any disclosures of conflicts of interest. The form will be pre-screened by the TEP, the TOO and CDC prior to being sent to the peer reviewers. Reviewers will be given 2 - 3 weeks to respond, after which they will be contacted. All feedback will be stored in a project folder at MetaWorks entitled "Reviewer Comments," and a statement of response to each reviewer's comments will be prepared and stored with each reviewer's comments. This response will also be returned to the reviewer.
    A summary of the main comments and responses will be prepared and shared with the TOO and CDC. Reviewer comments and additional analyses and text resulting from the response to reviewer critique will be incorporated into the final iteration of each evidence report.

  5. Evidence Report
    In preparation for peer review, a draft report, in AHCPR's required format, that details the results of the literature review and evidence synthesis and including references for relevant literature and studies will be completed. Specifically, the draft report will include:

    1. description of the topic, including the specific questions that were addressed; target patient population; specification of the causal pathway underlying the review; and definition of the interventions and outcomes that were examined.

    2. brief description of the current costs of care and information on the incidence, prevalence, and burden of suffering related to the condition.

    3. description of the methodological process used, including specification of search strategies, databases, and other sources of literature used, time frame covered by the searches (beginning and end dates), study inclusion and exclusion criteria, method for assigning inclusion and exclusion criteria, method for review of evidence, criteria for rating evidence and synthesis of evidence.

    4. evidence tables for each step in the causal pathway.

    5. descriptive summary of evidence.

    6. appendices to include: data extraction form and descriptions of the analyses of the evidence.

    7. bibliography of all literature abstracted in the evidence tables or cited in the evidence report, including complete citation for each reference.

    8. summary not to exceed 10 pages that highlights key findings of the evidence synthesis.

    9. structured abstract.

    MetaWorks will submit the draft report for peer review, to the TOO, and to the designated CDC representative.

  6. Final Report and Journal Article
    MetaWorks will review and analyze peer reviewers' comments and revise the draft report, as appropriate, within 4 weeks of sending out for peer review. MetaWorks will submit the final Evidence Report to the TOO in AHCPR's required format in print, and on disk in WP 6.1. This will include a bibliography of literature used to develop the report.
    At the same time, MetaWorks will also submit a draft of an article for publication in a peer-reviewed national medical journal. The article will summarize the report, including major findings, evidence tables, description of methodology, and key references. Six copies of this article will be submitted for TOO review in accordance with Section H2(a), (b), and (c) of the contract.

  7. Reporting

    1. MetaWorks' Project Manager will submit to the TOO quarterly progress reports (on the 15th of the month following close of each quarter) documenting progress on completing subtasks on time, and explanations for any subtasks falling behind schedule.

    2. Concurrent with submission of the final Evidence Report , MetaWorks will submit a report prepared with the CDC on how the report developed under this task order will be implemented, and how the impact of such implementation will be measured.

    3. Concurrent with submission of the final Evidence Report, MetaWorks will submit a report that identifies priorities for future research on the topics covered by this task order, as identified by preliminary work already completed as a part of Phase I and Phase II of this project and available scientific literature.

  8. Dissemination
    As discussed in the Work Plan Phase II (rev. July 29, 1999) there are many opportunities for dissemination. Major professional societies (i.e., National Association of Epilepsy Centers, American Epilepsy Society, American College of Physicians, American Academies of Neurology, Neurosurgery and Pediatrics, etc.) as well as consumer groups will be notified of the report. A manuscript describing key aspects of the work will be submitted for publication in a peer reviewed journal, and abstracts may also be submitted for presentation at professional meetings.

9.0 References
  • 1.Chalmers TC, Lau J.

  • Meta-analytic stimulus for changes in clinical trials. Statistical Methods in Medical Research. 1993; 2:161 - 172.

  • 2.Sacks HS, Berrier J, Reitman D, Pagano D, Chalmers T.

  • Meta-analyses of randomized controlled trials. New England Journal of Medicine. 1987; 316:450 - 455.

  • 3.Sacks HS, Berrier J, Reitman D, Pagano D, Chalmers T.

  • Meta-analyses of randomized control trials: an update of the quality and methodology. In: Bailar JC III, Mosteller F, editors. Medical Uses of Statistics. 2nd Edition. Boston: NEJM Books.1992; 427 - 442.

  • 4.Cook DJ, Mulrow CD, Haynes RB.

  • Systematic reviews: synthesis of best evidence for clinical decisions. Annals of Internal Medicine. 1997; 126: 376 - 380.

  • 5.Mulrow CD, Oxman AD (eds).

  • Cochrane Collaboration Handbook. The Cochrane Library. The Cochrane Collaboration; Issue 1. Oxford: Update Software; 1997. Updated quarterly.

Work Plan Acceptance (Phase II - Part B Revision)

AHRQ

By: _______________________
Name: ________________________
Title: __________________________

CDC:

By: ____________________________
Name: _________________________
Title: __________________________

MetaWorks Inc.

By: ____________________________
Name: _________________________
Title: Principal Investigator, MetaWorks

LDI

By: ____________________________
Name: _________________________
Title: Principal Investigator, LDI

Appendix 6. PATIENTS NEWLY DIAGNOSED WITH EPILEPSY DATA EXTRACTION FORM

 Extractor/date_____________
 Consensor/date____________

Study Level Characteristics
Author/Year___________/_____ Location (E, NA, Other__________) Total pts_______Healthy Ss?______
Design: Observational/Interventional Retro/Pro RCT/nRCT/UCS/XS ?Open Label Ext? Yes
Evidence Score = Rand___+ Blind___+ WD ____= ____ or 1 / L o E _______ = ________
Study duration: max_______(mos) mean/median_______(mos) Accrual years ________
Classification system: ILAE '81, '89, other (___________), or NR
Industry sponsor (yes_______________ or no/NR) Population: Adult Peds Both
Costs? (yes/no) QOL? (yes/no): if yes, tool =_______________
Intervention Location? home, hospital, office/clinic, epilepsy center, academic, other, unknown or NR
Usual epilepsy care provider id'd? 1° MD, IM, Neuro, Epil MD, surgeon, radiol., other, unknown or NR
Investigator id'd? 1° MD, IM, Neuro, Epil MD, surgeon, radiol, academic, other, unknown or NR
Pts on study at: 1st seizure/ 1st presentation/ 1st dx/ not 1st event, but T0 in observation window
Inclusions: NS/specified: #seizures?___ in past? ____(mos, yrs) Unprovoked? Yes/ No / NR
Exclusions for 2° causes: NS / specified? Yes/No
 (tumor, trauma, infection, stroke, etoh/drugs, neuro, pseudo, psycho, medical, febrile, inf. spasms)
1° study objective (Dx, Mx, Tx) & text:_________________________________________.

TOTALEpilepsy Patients
Patients enrolled (#)
Age (mean/median) (range)
Race (C/AA/H/A/Other - #)
Gender (M/F - #)
Family history (#)
Seizure type: # general
      # partial
      #absence
      #other
# on AEDs at entry
# history of AED use
Epilepsy Syndrome Dx
#% with
#% with
#% with
#% with
#% with
#% with
OUTCOMES I: DIAGNOSTIC INTERVENTIONS
DiagnosticWho ?When?Dx made?DxΔ?Costs?.
History/Physical (D11)     
Blood tests (D13)     
Neuropsych (D8)     
LP (D9)     
CT (D10)     
EEG std (D5)     
MRI (D6)     
PET/SPECT (D7)     
EEG invasive (D1)     
EEG video (D2)     
EEG ambulatory (D3)     
EEG other (D4)     
DiagnosticGold Std*?SensSpec"R"PPVNPV2X2Other.
History/Physical (D11)        
Blood tests (D13)        
Neuropsych (D8)        
LP (D9)        
CT (D10)        
EEG std (D5)        
MRI (D6)        
PET/SPECT (D7)        
EEG invasive (D1)        
EEG video (D2)        
EEG ambulatory (D3)        
EEG other (D4)        

Gold standard = epilepsy defined as_______________________________________________
_______________________________________________

Incidence new epilepsy diagnoses total n =______; n per __________ = ______

OUTCOMES II: MONITORING INTERVENTIONS
MonitoringWho ?When?Where?Frequency?Costs?
Pharm. Exp (M4)     
Blood tests (M8)     
Drug levels (std) (M7)     
Drug levels (soph) (M6)     
EEG std (M5)     
EEG invasive (M1)     
EEG video (M2)     
EEG ambulatory (M3)     
Other (M9)     
MonitoringΔseizure fr ↓↑ graphic elementΔAED AEs ↓↑ graphic elementΔcompliance ↓↑ graphic elementΔQoL ↓↑ graphic elementΔDx ↓↑ graphic elementΔRx ↓↑ graphic element
Pharm. Exp (M4)      
Blood tests (M8)      
Drug levels (std) (M7)      
Drug levels (soph) (M6)      
EEG std (M5)      
EEG invasive (M1)      
EEG video (M2)      
EEG ambulatory (M3)      
Other (M9)      
OUTCOMES III: TREATMENT INTERVENTIONS
TreatmentWho ?When?Where?How long?Costs?
No Rx (T9)     
Drug studies (T2)     
Drug Rx:Mono (T10)     
Drug Rx: Poly (T11)     
Pharm Exp. (T4)     
Social services (T8)     
Counsel ψ (T7)     
Speech (T6)     
OT/PT (T5)     
Education (T3)     
Surgery (T1)     
Other (T12)     
TreatmentΔ seizure frequency ↓↑ graphic elementrem/recur rate/risk ↓↑ graphic elementΔside effects ↓↑ graphic elementΔcompliance ↓↑ graphic elementΔQoL ↓↑ graphic element
No Rx (T9)     
Drug studies (T2)     
Drug Rx:Mono (T10)     
Drug Rx: Poly (T11)     
Pharm Exp. (T4)     
Social services (T8)     
Counsel ψ (T7)     
Speech (T6)     
OT/PT (T5)     
Education (T3)     
Surgery (T1).     
Other (T12)     
Optimal outcomes defined? No/Yes: #/% unit in___duration with (code):
 Seizures.
 side effects.
 compliance.
 QoL.
 Costs.
Compliance measured by pill counts, drug levels, other____________________________________________
(rev.1-28-00)

Appendix 7: Accepted Studies Log

Bibliographic Record

611964  1  Aikia M, Kalviainen R, Mervaala E, et al. Predictors of seizure outcome in newly diagnosed partial epilepsy: Memory performance as a prognostic factor. Epilepsy Res 1999; 37(2): 159 - 167.
591826  2  Aikia M, Kalviainen R, Sivenius J, et al. Cognitive effects of oxcarbazepine and phenytoin monotherapy in newly diagnosed epilepsy: One year follow-up. Epilepsy Res 1992; 11(3): 199 - 203.
591904  3  Altunbasak S, Biatmakoui F, Baytok V, et al. Serum and hair zinc levels in epileptic children taking valproic acid. Biol Trace Elem Res 1997; 58(1 - 2): 117 - 125.
591924  4  Ambrosetto G, Giovanardi RP, Tassinari CA. Predictive factors of seizure frequency and duration of antiepileptic treatment in rolandic epilepsy: A retrospective study. Brain Dev 1987; 9(3): 300 - 304.
591957  5  Andrewes DG, Bullen JG, Tomlinson L, et al. A comparative study of the cognitive effects of phenytoin and carbamazepine in new referrals with epilepsy. Epilepsia 1986; 27(2): 128 - 134.
587403  6  Anzola GP. Predictivity of plasma prolactin levels in differentiating epilepsy from pseudoseizures: A prospective study. Epilepsia 1993; 34(6): 1044 - 1048.
592023  7  Arteaga R, Herranz JL, Armijo JA. Platelet GABA-transaminase in epileptic children: Influence of epilepsy and anticonvulsants. Epilepsy Res 1993; 14(1): 73 - 85.
611997  8  Arts WF, Geerts AT, Brouwer OF, et al. The early prognosis of epilepsy in childhood: The prediction of a poor outcome. The Dutch study of epilepsy in childhood. Epilepsia 1999; 40(6): 726 - 734.
636169  1  Brouwer OF, van Donselaar CA, Stroink H, et al. The Dutch study of epilepsy in childhood: Design of the study. Epilepsia 1995; 36 Suppl 3(-): S28.
592784  2  Carpay HA, Arts WF, Geerts AT, et al. Epilepsy in childhood: An audit of clinical practice. Arch Neurol 1998; 55(5): 668 - 673.
587446  9  Atakli D, Sozuer D, Atay T, et al. Misdiagnosis and treatment in juvenile myoclonic epilepsy. Seizure 1998; 7(1): 63 - 66.
612042  10  Berg AT, Shinnar S, Levy SR, et al. Newly diagnosed epilepsy in children: Presentation at diagnosis. Epilepsia 1999; 40(4): 445 - 452.
612041  1  Berg AT, Shinnar S, Levy SR, et al. Status epilepticus in children with newly diagnosed epilepsy. Ann Neurol 1999; 45(5): 618 - 623.
627213  11  Bill PA, Vigonius U, Pohlmann H, et al. A double-blind controlled clinical trial of oxcarbazepine versus phenytoin in adults with previously untreated epilepsy. Epilepsy Res 1997; 27(-): 195 - 204.
592482  12  Bora I, Seckin B, Zarifoglu M, et al. Risk of recurrence after first unprovoked tonic-clonic seizure in adults. J Neurol 1995; 242(3): 157 - 163.
592483  13  Borah NC, Matheshwari MC. Effect of antiepileptic drugs on short-latency somatosensory evoked potentials. Acta Neurol Scand 1985; 71(4): 331 - 333.
587754  14  Braathen G, Theorell K. A general hospital population of childhood epilepsy. Acta Paediatrica 1995; 84(10): 1143 - 1146.
592583  15  Brodie MJ, Richens A, Yuen AW. Double-blind comparison of lamotrigine and carbamazepine in newly diagnosed epilepsy. UK Lamotrigine/Carbamazepine Monotherapy Trial Group. Lancet 1995; 345(8948): 476 - 479.
587836  16  Bye A, Lamont P, Healy L. Commencement of a pediatric EEG-video telemetry service. Clin Exp Neurol 1990; 27:83 - 88.
636175  17  Callaghan N, Kenny RA, O'Neill B, et al. A prospective study between carbamazepine, phenytoin and sodium valproate as monotherapy in previously untreated and recently diagnosed patients with epilepsy. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1985; 48(-): 639 - 44.
592722  1  Callaghan N, Garrett A, Goggin T. Withdrawal of anticonvulsant drugs in patients free of seizures for two years. A prospective study. N Engl J Med 1988; 318(15): 942 - 946.
587849  18  Camfield PR, Camfield CS, Dooley JM, et al. Epilepsy after a first unprovoked seizure in childhood. Neurology 1985; 35(11): 1657 - 1660.
592741  19  Camfield PR, Camfield CS, Gordon K, et al. If a first antiepileptic drug fails to control a child's epilepsy, what are the chances of success with the next drug? J Pediatr 1997; 131(6): 821 - 824.
592739  20  Camfield PR, Camfield CS, Smith EC, et al. Newly treated childhood epilepsy: A prospective study of recurrences and side effects. Neurology 1985; 35(5): 722 - 725.
591753  21  Canadian Study Group for Childhood Epilepsy. Clobazam has equivalent efficacy to carbamazepine and phenytoin as monotherapy for childhood eplepsy. Epilepsia 1998; 39(9): 952 - 959.
627212  1  Bawden HN, Camfield CS, Camfield PR, et al. The cognitive and behavioral effects of clobazam and standard monotherapy are comparable. Canadian Study Group for Childhood Epilepsy. Epilepsy Res 1999; 33(-): 133 - 143.
587868  22  Carenini L, Bottacchi E, Camerlingo M, et al. Carbamazepine does not affect short-latency somatosensory evoked potentials: A longitudinal study in newly diagnosed epilepsy. Epilepsia 1988; 29(2): 145 - 148.
587875  23  Carpay JA, de Weerd AW, Schimsheimer RJ, et al. The diagnostic yield of a second EEG after partial sleep deprivation: A prospective study in children with newly diagnosed seizures. Epilepsia 1997; 38(5): 595 - 599.
612101  24  Casetta I, Granieri E, Monetti VC, et al. Early predictors of intractability in childhood epilepsy: A community-based case-control study in Copparo, Italy. Acta Neurol 1999; 99(6): 329 - 33.
636170  1  Granieri E, Rosati G, Tola R, et al. A descriptive study of epilepsy in the district of Copparo, Italy, 1964 - 1978. Epilepsia 1983; 24(-): 502 - 14.
612106  25  Chadwick D. Safety and efficacy of vigabatrin and carbamazepine in newly diagnosed epilepsy: A multicenter randomised double-blind study. Vigabatrin European Monotherapy Study Group. Lancet 1999; 354(9172): 13 - 19.
592861  26  Chadwick DW, Anhut H, Greiner MJ, et al. A double-blind trial of gabapentin monotherapy for newly diagnosed partial seizures. International Gabapentin Monotherapy Study Group. Neurology 1998; 51(5): 1282 - 1288.
592871  27  Chandra B. First seizure in adults: To treat or not to treat? Clin Neurol Neurosurg 1992; 94 Suppl(-): S61 - 63.
587953  28  Chen LS, Mitchell WG, Horton EJ, et al. Clinical utility of video-EEG monitoring. Pediatr Neurol 1995; 12(3): 220 - 224.
587955  29  Chen YJ, Kang WM, So WC. Comparison of antiepileptic drugs on cognitive function in newly diagnosed epileptic children: A psychometric and neurophysiological study. Epilepsia 1996; 37(1): 81 - 86.
592938  30  Christe W, Kramer G, Vigonius U, et al. A double-blind controlled clinical trial: Oxcarbazepine versus sodium valproate in adults with newly diagnosed epilepsy. Epilepsy Res 1997; 26(3): 451 - 460.
587970  31  Chu NS. Long-term ambulatory cassette EEG with sphenoidal recording in complex partial seizures. Epilepsia 1991; 32(3): 351 - 357.
587996  32  Cockerell OC, Johnson AL, Sander JW, et al. Prognosis of epilepsy: A review and further analysis of the first nine years of the British National General Practice Study of Epilepsy, a prospective population-based study. Epilepsia 1997; 38(1): 31 - 46.
587992  1  Cockerell OC, Johnson AL, Sander JW, et al. Mortality from epilepsy: Results from a prospective population-based study. Lancet 1994; 344(8927): 918 - 921.
587993  2  Cockerell OC, Johnson AL, Sander JWAS, et al. Remission of epilepsy: Results from the National General Practice Study of Epilepsy Lancet 1995; 346(-): 140 - 44.
636173  3  Hart YM, Sander JWAS, Johnson AL, et al. National General Practice Study of Epilepsy: Recurrence after a first seizure. Lancet 1990; 336(-): 1271 - 4.
636174  4  Hart YM, Sander JWAS, Shorvon SD. National General Practice Study of Epilepsy and Epileptic Seizures: Objectives and study methodology of the largest reported prospective cohort study of epilepsy. Neuroepidemiology 1989; 8(-): 221 - 7.
590626  5  Sander JW, Hart YM, Johnson AL, et al. National General Practice Study of Epilepsy: Newly diagnosed epileptic seizures in a general population. Lancet 1990; 336(8726): 1267 - 1271.
587245  33  Collaborative Group for the Study of Epilepsy. Prognosis of epilepsy in newly referred patients: A multicenter prospective study of the effects of monotherapy on the long-term course of epilepsy. Epilepsia 1992; 33(1): 45 - 51.
592218  1  Beghi E, Tognoni G. Prognosis of epilepsy in newly referred patients: A multicenter prospective study. Collaborative Group for the Study of Epilepsy. Epilepsia 1988; 29(3): 236 - 243.
636184  2  Di Mascio R, Beghi E, Sasaneilli F, et al., and the Collaborative Group for Epidemiology of Epilepsy. Early prognosis of epilepsy. Effects of treatment in the first follow-up year. Ital J Neurol Sci 1986; 7(-): 421 - 429.
588054  34  Crawford PM, Belchetz P, Davis C, et al. Growth hormone response to diazepam, clonidine and glucagon in patients with epilepsy. Epilepsy Res 1989; 3(1): 63 - 69.
588064  35  Cull RE. An assessment of 24-hour ambulatory EEG/ECG monitoring in a neurology clinic. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1985; 48(2): 107 - 110.
588082  36  Dam AM, Fuglsang-Frederiksen A, Svarre-Olsen U, et al. Late-onset epilepsy: Etiologies, types of seizure, and value of clinical investigation, EEG, and computerized tomography scan. Epilepsia 1985; 26(3): 227 - 231.
588083  37  Dam M, Ekberg R, Loyning Y, et al. A double-blind study comparing oxcarbazepine and carbamazepine in patients with newly diagnosed, previously untreated epilepsy. Epilepsy Res 1989; 3(1): 70 - 76.
593214  38  Davidson DL, Ward NI. Abnormal aluminium, cobalt, manganese, strontium and zinc concentrations in untreated epilepsy. Epilepsy Res 1988; 2(5): 323 - 330.
593243  39  De Deyn PP, Mol L, de Ridder-Vanderdeelen P, et al. An open multicentre prospective study of the effects of monotherapy with controlled-release carbamazepine on newly diagnosed generalized tonic-clonic seizures. Seizure 1994; 3(3): 235 - 238.
627217  40  de Silva M, MacArdle B, McGowan M, et al. Randomized comparative monotherapy trial of phenobarbitone, phenytoin, carbamazepine, or sodium valproate for newly diagnosed childhood epilepsy. Lancet 1996; 347(-): 709 - 713.
588260  41  Drake MEJ, Weate SJ, Newell SA, et al. Multiple sleep latency tests in epilepsy. Clin Electroencephalogr 1994; 25(2): 59 - 62.
588289  42  Duchowny MS, Resnick TJ, Deray MJ, et al. Video EEG diagnosis of repetitive behavior in early childhood and its relationship to seizures. Pediatr Neurol 1988; 4(3): 162 - 164.
593578  43  Ehrhardt P, Forsythe WI. Prognosis after grand mal seizures: A study of 187 children with three-year remissions. Dev Med Child Neurol 1989; 31(5): 633 - 639.
588367  44  Elwes RD, Chesterman P, Reynolds EH. Prognosis after a first untreated tonic-clonic seizure. Lancet 1985; 2(8458): 752 - 753.
593729  45  Ferrarese C, Tortorella R, Bogliun G, et al. Decreased density of lymphocyte benzodiazepine receptors in drug-resistant epileptic patients. Epilepsy Res 1997; 27(3): 181 - 185.
588476  46  Foley CM, Legido A, Miles DK, et al. Diagnostic value of pediatric outpatient video-EEG. Pediatr Neurol 1995; 12(2): 120 - 124.
588486  47  Forsgren L. Prospective incidence study and clinical characterization of seizures in newly referred adults. Epilepsia 1990; 31(3): 292 - 301.
588488  48  Forsgren L, Bucht G, Eriksson S, et al. Incidence and clinical characterization of unprovoked seizures in adults: A prospective population-based study. Epilepsia 1996; 37(3): 224 - 229.
593813  49  Forsythe I, Butler R, Berg I, et al. Cognitive impairment in new cases of epilepsy randomly assigned to carbamazepine, phenytoin and sodium valproate. Dev Med Child Neurol 1991; 33(6): 524 - 534.
592288  1  Berg I, Butler A, Ellis M, et al. Psychiatric aspects of epilepsy in childhood treated with carbamazepine, phenytoin or sodium valproate: A random trial. Dev Med Child Neurol 1993; 35(2): 149 - 157.
612212  50  Frank LM, Enlow T, Holmes GL, et al. Lamictal (lamotrigine) monotherapy for typical absence seizures in children. Epilepsia 1999; 40(7): 973 - 9.
593897  51  Frost JDJ, Hrachovy RA, Glaze DG, et al. Alpha rhythm slowing during initiation of carbamazepine therapy: Implications for future cognitive performance. J Clin Neurophysiol 1995; 12(1): 57 - 63.
594003  52  Gastaut H, Aguglia U, Tinuper P. Benign versive or circling epilepsy with bilateral 3-CPS spike-and-wave discharges in late childhood. Ann Neurol 1986; 19(3): 301 - 303.
612236  53  Gelisse P, Genton P, Bureau M, et al. Are there generalised spike waves and typical absences in benign rolandic epilepsy? Brain Dev 1999; 21(6): 390 - 396.
594065  54  Gilhus NE, Matre R. Carbamazepine effects on mononuclear blood cells in epileptic patients. Acta Neurol Scand 1986; 74(3): 181 - 185.
612251  55  Gobbi G, Pini A, Bertani G, et al. Prospective study of first-line vigabatrin monotherapy in childhood partial epilepsies. Epilepsy Res 1999; 35(1): 29 - 37.
588754  56  Grunewald RA, Chroni E, Panayiotopoulos CP. Delayed diagnosis of juvenile myoclonic epilepsy. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1992; 55(6): 497 - 499.
612278  57  Gunduz E, Demirbilek V, Korkmaz B. Benign rolandic epilepsy: Neuropsychological findings. Seizure 1999; 8(4): 246 - 9.
588848  58  Harvey AS, Berkovic SF, Wrennall JA, et al. Temporal lobe epilepsy in childhood: Clinical, EEG, and neuroimaging findings and syndrome classification in a cohort with new-onset seizures. Neurology 1997; 49(4): 960 - 968.
627216  59  Hauser WA, Rich SS, Annegers JF, et al. Seizure recurrence after a first unprovoked seizure: An extended follow-up. Neurology 1990; 40(-): 1163 - 1170.
636178  1  Hauser WA, Anderson VE, Loewenson RB, et al. Seizure recurrence after a first unprovoked seizure. N Engl J Med 1982; 307(-): 522 - 28.
588857  60  Hauser WA, Rich SS, Lee JR, et al. Risk of recurrent seizures after two unprovoked seizures. N Engl J Med 1998; 338(7): 429 - 434.
594494  61  Heller AJ, Chesterman P, Elwes RD, et al. Phenobarbitone, phenytoin, carbamazepine, or sodium valproate for newly diagnosed adult epilepsy: A randomised comparative monotherapy trial. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1995; 58(1): 44 - 50.
588884  62  Henneman PL, DeRoos F, Lewis RJ. Determining the need for admission in patients with new-onset seizures. Ann Emerg Med 1994; 24(6): 1108 - 1114.
588932  63  Hoefnagels WA, Padberg GW, Overweg J, et al. Transient loss of consciousness: The value of the history for distinguishing seizure from syncope. J Neurol 1991; 238(1): 39 - 43.
612317  64  Holt-Seitz A, Wirrell EC, Sundaram MB. Seizures in the elderly: Etiology and prognosis. Can J Neuro Sci 1999; 26(2): 110 - 114.
589011  65  Hughes JR, Gruener G. The success of EEG in confirming epilepsy -- Revisited. Clin Electroencephalogr 1985; 16(2): 98 - 103.
627206  66  Isojarvi JI, Pakarinen AJ, Myllyla VV. Serum lipid levels during carbamazepine medication. Arch Neurol 1993; 50(-): 590 - 593.
594809  1  Isojarvi JI, Airaksinen KE, Mustonen JN, et al. Thyroid and myocardial function after replacement of carbamazepine by oxcarbazepine. Epilepsia 1995; 36(8): 810 - 816.
627211  2  Isojarvi JIT, Pakarinen AJ, Myllyla VV. Basic hematological parameters, serum gamma-glutamyl-transferase activity, and erythrocyte folate and serum vitamin B12 levels during carbamazepine and oxcarbazepine therapy. Seizure 1997; 6(-): 207 - 211.
627207  3  Isojarvi JIT, Pakarinen AJ, Myllyla VV. Thyroid function in epileptic patients treated with carbamazepine. Arch Neurol 1989; 46(-): 1175 - 1178.
589102  67  Jallon P, Goumaz M, Haenggeli C, et al. Incidence of first epileptic seizures in the canton of Geneva, Switzerland. Epilepsia 1997; 38(5): 547 - 552.
589158  68  Kalviainen R, Aikia M, Helkala EL, et al. Memory and attention in newly diagnosed epileptic seizure disorder. Seizure 1992; 1(4): 255 - 262.
589159  69  Kalviainen R, Aikia M, Saukkonen AM, et al. Vigabatrin vs carbamazepine monotherapy in patients with newly diagnosed epilepsy. A randomized, controlled study. Arch Neurol 1995; 52(10): 989 - 996.
587327  1  Aikia M, Kalviainen R, Riekkinen PJ. Verbal learning and memory in newly diagnosed partial epilepsy. Epilepsy Res 1995; 22(2): 157 - 164.
595028  70  Kalviainen R, Halonen T, Pitkanen A, et al. Amino acid levels in the cerebrospinal fluid of newly diagnosed epileptic patients: Effect of vigabatrin and carbamazepine monotherapies. J Neurochem 1993; 60(4): 1244 - 1250.
589160  71  Kalviainen R, Partanen K, Aikia M, et al. MRI-based hippocampal volumetry and T2 relaxometry: Correlation to verbal memory performance in newly diagnosed epilepsy patients with left-sided temporal lobe focus. Neurology 1997; 48(1): 286 - 287.
595149  72  Keranen T, Riekkinen PJ. Remission of seizures in untreated epilepsy. Br Med J 1993; 307(6902): 483.
589242  73  Kilpatrick CJ, Tress BM, O'Donnell C, et al. Magnetic resonance imaging and late-onset epilepsy. Epilepsia 1991; 32(3): 358 - 364.
589259  74  King MA, Newton MR, Jackson GD, et al. Epileptology of the first-seizure presentation: A clinical, electroencephalographic, and magnetic resonance imaging study of 300 consecutive patients. Lancet 1998; 352(9133): 1007 - 1011.
612387  1  King MA, Newton MR, Berkovic SF. Benign partial seizures of adolescence. Epilepsia 1999; 40(9): 1244 - 1247.
595311  75  Konishi T, Naganuma Y, Hongou K, et al. Effects of antiepileptic drugs on EEG background activity in children with epilepsy: Initial phase of therapy. Clin Electroencephalogr 1995; 26(2): 113 - 119.
595539  76  Larkin JG, McKee PJ, Brodie MJ. Rapid tolerance to acute psychomotor impairment with carbamazepine in epileptic patients. Br J Clin Pharmacol 1992; 33(1): 111 - 114.
589484  77  Lee SI. Nonconvulsive status epilepticus. Ictal confusion in later life. Arch Neurol 1985; 42(8): 778 - 781.
589617  78  Luhdorf K, Jensen LK, Plesner AM. Epilepsy in the elderly: Prognosis. Acta Neurol Scand 1986; 74(5): 409 - 415.
595966  79  Mandelbaum DE, Burack GD. The effect of seizure type and medication on cognitive and behavioral functioning in children with idiopathic epilepsy. Dev Med Child Neurol 1997; 39(11): 731 - 735.
595993  80  Marciani MG, Maschio MC, Spanedda F, et al. Sodium valproate and mental processes in newly referred epileptic patients. A computerized EEG study. Neuropsychobiology 1995; 31(4): 210 - 215.
589702  81  Martinovic Z, Jovic N. Seizure recurrence after a first generalized tonic-clonic seizure, in children, adolescents and young adults. Seizure 1997; 6(6): 461 - 465.
636181  82  Mattson RH, Cramer JA, Collins JF for the Department of Veterans Affairs Epilepsy Cooperative Study Group. A comparison of valproate with carbamazepine for the treatment of complex partial seizres and secondarily generalized tonic-clonic seizures in adults. New Eng J Med 1992; 327(11): 765 - 71.
636183  1  Prevey ML, Delaney RC, Cramer JA, et al. Effect of valproate on cognitive functioning. Arch Neurol 1998; 53(-): 1008 - 16.
597177  2  Prevey ML, Delaney RC, Cramer JA, et al. Complex partial and secondarily generalized seizure patients: Cognitive functioning prior to treatment with antiepileptic medication. VA Epilepsy Cooperative Study 264 Group. Epilepsy Res 1998; 30(1): 1 - 9.
596197  83  McNelis A, Musick B, Austin J, et al. Psychosocial care needs of children with new-onset seizures. J Neurosci Nurs 1998; 30(3): 161 - 165.
636171  1  Austin J, Dunn D, Huster G, et al. Development of scales to measure psychosocial care needs of children with seizures and their parents. J Neurosci Nurs 1998; 30(3): 155 - 60.
636172  2  Austin JK. Concerns and fears of children with seizures. Clin Nurs Practice Epilepsy 1993; 1(-): 4 - 6.
598019  3  Shore C, Austin J, Musick B, et al. Psychosocial care needs of parents of children with new-onset seizures. J Neurosci Nurs 1998; 30(3): 169 - 174.
596268  84  Mervaala E, Keranen T, Tiihonen P, et al. The effects of carbamazepine and sodium valproate on SEPs and BAEPs. Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol 1987; 68(6): 475 - 478.
589876  85  Mohan KK, Markand ON, Salanova V. Diagnostic utility of video EEG monitoring in paroxysmal events. Acta Neurol Scand 1996; 94(5): 320 - 325.
596518  86  Musicco M, Beghi E, Solari A, et al. Treatment of first tonic-clonic seizure does not improve the prognosis of epilepsy. First Seizure Trial Group. Neurology 1997; 49(4): 991 - 998.
636180  1  Musicco M and the First Seizure Trial Group. Randomized clinical trial on the efficacy of antiepileptic drugs in reducing the risk of relapse after a first unprovoked tonic-clonic seizure. Neurology 1993; 43(-): 478 - 83.
590005  87  Neufeld MY, Treves TA, Chistik V, et al. Sequential serum creatine kinase determination differentiates vaso-vagal syncope from generalized tonic-clonic seizures. Acta Neurol Scand 1997; 95(3): 137 - 139.
596672  88  O'Dougherty M, Wright FS, Cox S, et al. Carbamazepine plasma concentration. Relationship to cognitive impairment. Arch Neurol 1987; 44(8): 863 - 867.
596738  89  Oka E, Yamatogi Y, Ohtsuka Y, et al. Clinical course and prognosis of childhood epilepsy. Acta Paediatr Jpn 1989; 31(3): 259 - 266.
590131  90  Oldani A, Zucconi M, Smirne S, et al. The neurophysiological evaluation of nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy. Seizure 1998; 7(4): 317 - 320.
590139  91  Oller-Daurella L, Oller LF. Influence of the 'lost time' on the outcome of epilepsy. Eur Neurol 1991; 31(3): 175 - 177.
590212  92  Panayiotopoulos CP, Chroni E, Daskalopoulos C, et al. Typical absence seizures in adults: Clinical, EEG, video-EEG findings and diagnostic/syndromic considerations. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1992; 55(11): 1002 - 1008.
590210  93  Panayiotopoulos CP, Tahan R, Obeid T. Juvenile myoclonic epilepsy: Factors of error involved in the diagnosis and treatment. Epilepsia 1991; 32(5): 672 - 676.
596953  94  Pedersen SB, Petersen KA. Juvenile myoclonic epilepsy: Clinical and EEG features. Acta Neurol Scand 1998; 97(3): 160 - 163.
596990  95  Penry JK, Dean JC, Riela AR. Juvenile myoclonic epilepsy: Long-term response to therapy. Epilepsia 1989; 30 Suppl 4(-): S19 - 23.
590390  96  Pulliainen V, Jokelainen M. Effects of phenytoin and carbamazepine on cognitive functions in newly diagnosed epileptic patients. Acta Neurol Scand 1994; 89(2): 81 - 86.
597201  1  Pulliainen V, Jokelainen M. Comparing the cognitive effects of phenytoin and carbamazepine in long-term monotherapy: A two-year follow-up. Epilepsia 1995; 36(12): 1195 - 1202.
590459  97  Reutens DC, Berkovic SF. Idiopathic generalized epilepsy of adolescence: Are the syndromes clinically distinct? Neurology 1995; 45(8): 1469 - 1476.
590479  98  Richens A, Davidson DL, Cartlidge NE, et al. A multicenter comparative trial of sodium valproate and carbamazepine in adult onset epilepsy. Adult EPITEG Collaborative Group. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1994; 57(6): 682 - 687.
597434  99  Ring HA, Heller AJ, Marshall WJ, et al. Plasma uric acid in patients receiving anticonvulsant monotherapy. Epilepsy Res 1991; 8(3): 241 - 244.
590499  100  Roberts R, Fitch P. Monitoring at the National Hospital, Queen Square, London. Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol 1985; 37 Suppl(-): 423 - 436.
597708  101  Sannita WG, Gervasio L, Zagnoni P. Quantitative EEG effects and plasma concentration of sodium valproate: Acute and long-term administration to epileptic patients. Neuropsychobiology 1989; 22(4): 231 - 235.
590648  102  Saukkonen A, Kalviainen R, Partanen K, et al. Do seizures cause neuronal damage? A MRI study in newly diagnosed and chronic epilepsy. Neuroreport 1994; 6(1): 219 - 223.
590782  103  Sharpe C, Buchanan N. Juvenile myoclonic epilepsy: Diagnosis, management and outcome. Med J Aust 1995; 162(3): 133 - 134.
612755  104  Shihabuddin B, Abou-Khalil B, Fakhoury T. The value of combined ambulatory cassette-eeg and video monitoring in the differential diagnosis of intractable seizures. Clin Neurophysiol 1999; 110(8): 1452 - 1457.
627231  105  Shinnar S, Berg AT, Moshe SL, et al. The risk of seizure recurrence after a first unprovoked afebrile seizure in childhood: An extended follow-up. Pediatrics 1996; 98(2): 216 - 225.
590811  1  Shinnar S, Berg AT, Moshe SL, et al. Risk of seizure recurrence following a first unprovoked seizure in childhood: A prospective study. Pediatrics 1990; 85(6): 1076 - 1085.
590814  2  Shinnar S, Kang H, Berg AT, et al. EEG abnormalities in children with a first unprovoked seizure. Epilepsia 1994; 35(3): 471 - 476.
598126  106  Smith DB, Mattson RH, Cramer JA, et al. Results of a nationwide Veterans Administration Cooperative Study comparing the efficacy and toxicity of carbamazepine, phenobarbital, phenytoin, and primidone. Epilepsia 1987; 28 Suppl 3(-): S50 - 58.
636182  1  Cramer JA, Smith DB, Mattson RH, et al. A method of quantification for the evaluation of antiepileptic drug therapy. The VA Epilepsy Cooperative Study Group. Neurology 1983; 33 Suppl 1(-): 26 - 37.
590932  107  Sperling MR, Engel JJ. Electroencephalographic recording from the temporal lobes: A comparison of ear, anterior temporal, and nasopharyngeal electrodes. Ann Neurol 1985; 17(5): 510 - 513.
598287  108  Stefan H, Plouin P, Fichsel H, et al. Progabide for previously untreated absence epilepsy. Epilepsy Res 1988; 2(2): 132 - 136.
612782  109  Steiner TJ, Dellaportas CL, Findley LJ, et al. Lamotrigine monotherapy in newly diagnosed untreated epilepsy: A double-blind comparison with phenytoin. Epilepsia 1999; 40(5): 601 - 607.
591077  110  Tanganelli P, Regesta G. Vigabatrin vs. carbamazepine monotherapy in newly diagnosed focal epilepsy: A randomized response conditional cross-over study. Epilepsy Res 1996; 25(3): 257 - 262.
591202  111  Trudeau V, Myers S, LaMoreaux L, et al. Gabapentin in naive childhood absence epilepsy: Results from two double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter studies. J Child Neurol 1996; 11(6): 470 - 475.
598756  112  Turnbull DM, Howel D, Rawlins MD, et al. Which drug for the adult epileptic patient: Phenytoin or valproate? Br Med J 1985; 290(6471): 815 - 819.
598827  113  van Donselaar CA, Geerts AT, Schimsheimer RJ. Idiopathic first seizure in adult life: Who should be treated? Br Med J 1991; 302(6777): 620 - 623.
591276  114  Van Paesschen W, Duncan JS, Connelly A. A comparison of the neuropathological effects of vigabatrin and carbamazepine in patients with newly diagnosed localization-related epilepsy using MR-based cerebral T2 relaxation time measurements. Epilepsy Res 1998; 29(2): 155 - 160.
636179  115  Van Paesschen W, Duncan JS, Stevens JM, et al. Etiology and early prognosis of newly diagnosed partial seizures in adults: A quantitative hippocampal MRI study. Neurology 1997; 49(-): 753 - 57.
591277  1  Van Paesschen W, Duncan JS, Stevens JM, et al. Longitudinal quantitative hippocampal magnetic resonance imaging study of adults with newly diagnosed partial seizures: One-year follow-up results. Epilepsia 1998; 39(6): 633 - 639.
591320  116  Verity CM, Hosking G, Easter DJ. A multicenter comparative trial of sodium valproate and carbamazepine in paediatric epilepsy. The Paediatric EPITEG Collaborative Group. Dev Med Child Neurol 1995; 37(2): 97 - 108.
591380  117  Walsh JC, Vignaendra V, Burrows S, et al. The application of prolonged electroencephalographic monitoring and video recording to the diagnosis of epilepsy. Med J Aust 1986; 144(8): 401 - 404.
591464  118  Williams J, Bates S, Griebel ML, et al. Does short-term antiepileptic drug treatment in children result in cognitive or behavioral changes? Epilepsia 1998; 39(10): 1064 - 1069.
599227  119  Wolf P. Non-medical treatment of first epileptic seizures in adolescence and adulthood. Seizure 1995; 4(2): 87 - 94.
599410  120  Zamponi N, Cardinali C. Open comparative long-term study of vigabatrin vs. carbamazepine in newly diagnosed partial seizures in children. Arch Neurol 1999; 56(5): 605 - 607.

Appendix 8: Rejected Studies Log

Citation

RejectionForeign Language
1  Dam M, Holzer KI. Development of epilepsy after the first seizure. Ugeskr Laeger 1988; 150(44): 2632 - 35.
RejectionLess than 10 patients total sample size
1  Borkowski WJJ, Ellington RJ, Sverdrup EK. Effect of sleep deprivation on the EEG of learning-impaired children with absence seizures. Clin Electroencephalogr 1992; 23(2): 62 - 64.
2  Drislane FW, Blum AS, Schomer DL. Focal status epilepticus: Clinical features and significance of different EEG patterns. Epilepsia 1999; 40(9): 1254 - 60.
3  Gigli GL, Maschio M, Diomedi M, et al. Cognitive performance in newly referred patients with temporal lobe epilepsy: Comparison with normal subjects in basal condition and after treatment with carbamazepine. Int J Neurosci 1996; 88(1 - 2): 97 - 107.
4  Kivity S, Lerman P. Stormy onset with prolonged loss of consciousness in benign childhood epilepsy with occipital paroxysms. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1992; 55(1): 45 - 8.
5  Okino S. Familial benign myoclonus epilepsy of adult onset: A previously unrecognized myoclonic disorder. J Neurol Sci 1997; 145(1): 113 - 18.
6  Panayiotopoulos CP. Elementary visual hallucinations, blindness, and headache in idiopathic occipital epilepsy: Differentiation from migraine. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1999; 66(4): 536 - 40.
7  Panayiotopoulos CP. Extraoccipital benign childhood partial seizures with ictal vomiting and excellent prognosis. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1999; 66(1): 82 - 85.
8  Shuper A, Mimouni M. Problems of differentiation between epilepsy and non-epileptic paroxysmal events in the first year of life. Arch Dis Child 1995; 73(4): 342 - 44.
9  Sutherling W, Crandall P, Levesque M, et al. Physical interpretation of frontal lobe seizures. The dipole approximation and sensorimotor cortex. Adv Neurol 1992; 57(-): 339 - 47.
10  Wang PJ, Lee WT, Hwu WL, et al. The controversy regarding diagnostic criteria for early myoclonic encephalopathy. Brain Dev 1998; 20(7): 530 - 35.
RejectionMajor data inconsistencies in report
1  Matsushita M, Nakamura K, Usuki T, et al. Retrospective study of single unprovoked seizure. Jpn J Psychiatry Neurol 1993; 47(2): 356 - 57.

RejectionNo Outcomes of Interest
1  Benninger C, Matthis P, Scheffner D. Spectral analysis of the EEG in children during the introduction of antiepileptic therapy with valproic acid. Neuropsychobiology 1985; 13(1 - 2): 93 - 96.
Refer to Table

RejectionNo outcomes reported
1  Liwen W, Scheuer M. A diagnostic practice study using international classification of epilepsies and epileptic syndromes in 302 cases. Chin Med Sci J 1995; 10(4): 204 - 09.
RejectionNo population of interest
1  Adam C, Baulac M, Saint-Hilaire JM, et al. Value of magnetic resonance imaging-based measurements of hippocampal formations in patients with partial epilepsy. Arch Neurol 1994; 51(2): 130 - 38.
2  Adamson TA, Fasoranti B, Adamson I. Blood tryptophan and ATPase in psychosis of epilepsy. West Afr J Med 1991; 10(1): 420 - 25.
3  Agathonikou A, Panayiotopoulos CP, Giannakodimos S, et al. Typical absence status in adults: Diagnostic and syndromic considerations. Epilepsia 1998; 39(12): 1265 - 76.
4  Al-Qudah AA, Abu-Sheik S, Tamimi AP. Diagnostic value of short duration outpatient video electroencephalographic monitoring. Ped Neurol 1999; 21(3): 622 - 25.
5  Aliberti V, Grunewald RA, Panayiotopoulos CP, et al. Focal electroencephalographic abnormalities in juvenile myoclonic epilepsy. Epilepsia 1994; 35(2): 297 - 301.
6  Alper K, Devinsky O, Perrine K, et al. Dissociation in epilepsy and conversion nonepileptic seizures. Epilepsia 1997; 38(9): 991 - 97.
7  Alving J. Serum prolactin levels are elevated also after pseudo-epileptic seizures. Seizure 1998; 7(2): 85 - 9.
8  Ammirati F, Colivicchi F, Di Battista G, et al. Variable cerebral dysfunction during tilt induced vasovagal syncope. PACE 1998; 21(11 Pt. 2): 2420 - 25.
9  Ammirati F, Colivicchi F, Di Battista G, et al. Electroencephalographic correlates of vasovagal syncope induced by head-up tilt testing. Stroke 1998; 29(11): 2347 - 51.
10  Anderson DW, Schoenberg BS, Haerer AF. Prevalence surveys of neurologic disorders: Methodologic implications of the Copiah County Study. J Clin Epidemiol 1988; 41(4): 339 - 45.
11  Angeleri F, Majkowski J, Cacchio G, et al. Posttraumatic epilepsy risk factors: one-year prospective study after head injury. Epilepsia 1999; 40(9): 1222 - 30.
12  Annegers JF, Hauser WA, Shirts SB, et al. Factors prognostic of unprovoked seizures after febrile convulsions. N Engl J Med 1987; 316(9): 493 - 98.
13  Arboix A, Garcia-Eroles L, Massons JB, et al. Predictive factors of early seizures after acute cerebrovascular disease. Stroke 1997; 28(8): 1590 - 94.
14  Armstrong KK, Sahgal V, Bloch R, et al. Rehabilitation outcomes in patients with posttraumatic epilepsy. Arch Phys Med Rehabil 1990; 71(2): 156 - 60.
15  Asikainen I, Kaste M, Sarna S. Early and late posttraumatic seizures in traumatic brain injury rehabilitation patients: Brain injury factors causing late seizures and influence of seizures on long-term outcome. Epilepsia 1999; 40(5): 584 - 89.
16  Astradsson A, Olafsson E, Ludvigsson P, et al. Rolandic epilepsy: An incidence study in Iceland. Epilepsia 1998; 39(8): 884 - 86.
17  Bagdorf R, Lee SI. Midline spikes: Is it another benign EEG pattern of childhood? Epilepsia 1993; 34(2): 271 - 74.
18  Bartolomei F, Roger J, Bureau M, et al. Prognostic factors for childhood and juvenile absence epilepsies. Eur Neurol 1997; 37(-): 169 - 75.
19  Bazil CW, Kothari M, Luciano D, et al. Provocation of nonepileptic seizures by suggestion in a general seizure population. Epilepsia 1994; 35(4): 768 - 70.
20  Beenen LM, Lindeboom J, Trenite DN, et al. Comparative double blind clinical trial of phenytoin and sodium valproate as anticonvulsant prophylaxis after craniotomy: Efficacy, tolerability, and cognitive effects. J Neurol Neurosurg Psych 1999; 67(4): 474 - 80.
21  Beirne M, Acomb B, Appleton R. Clinicians' vs. technicians' history when obtaining an EEG. Seizure 1996; 5(4): 279 - 81.
22  Bell AH, McClure BG, Hicks EM. Power spectral analysis of the EEG of term infants following birth asphyxia. Dev Med Child Neurol 1990; 32(11): 990 - 98.
23  Bell WL, Park YD, Thompson EA, et al. Ictal cognitive assessment of partial seizures and pseudoseizures. Arch Neurol 1998; 55(11): 1456 - 59.
24  Benbadis SR. Observations on the misdiagnosis of generalized epilepsy as partial epilepsy: Causes and consequences. Seizure 1999; 8(3): 140 - 45.
25  Benbadis SR, Wolgamuth BR, Goren H, et al. Value of tongue biting in the diagnosis of seizures. Arch Intern Med 1995; 155(21): 2346 - 49.
26  Beran RG, Plunkett MJ, Holland GJ. Interface of epilepsy and sleep disorders. Seizure 1999; 8(2): 97 - 102.
27  Berkhoff M, Briellmann RS, Radanov BP, et al. Developmental background and outcome in patients with nonepileptic versus epileptic seizures: A controlled study. Epilepsia 1998; 39(5): 463 - 69.
28  Beun AM, van Emde B, Dekker E. Sharp transients in the sleep EEG of healthy adults: A possible pitfall in the diagnostic assessment of seizure disorders. Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol 1998; 106(1): 44 - 51.
29  Bhatia M, Sinha PK, Jain S, et al. Usefulness of short-term video EEG recording with saline induction in pseudoseizures. Acta Neurol Scand 1997; 95(6): 363 - 66.
30  Bidzinski J, Marchel A, Sherif A. Risk of epilepsy after aneurysm operations. Acta Neurochir 1992; 119(1 - 4): 49 - 52.
31  Bladin PF. Adult Lennox Gastaut syndrome: Features and diagnostic problems. Clin Exp Neurol 1985; 21(-): 93 - 104.
32  Branford D, Bhaumik S, Duncan F. Epilepsy in adults with learning disabilities. Seizure 1998; 7(6): 473 - 7.
33  Bridgers SL. Ambulatory cassette electroencephalography of psychiatric patients. Arch Neurol 1988; 45(1): 71 - 74.
34  Brodie MJ, McPhail E, Macphee GJ, et al. Psychomotor impairment and anticonvulsant therapy in adult epileptic patients. Eur J Clin Pharmacol 1987; 31(6): 655 - 60.
35  Buchanan N, Snars J. Pseudoseizures (non epileptic attack disorder) -- Clinical management and outcome in 50 patients. Seizure 1993; 2(2): 141 - 46.
36  Burgess RJ, Drake MEJ, Paulson GW. Interictal EEG prediction of response to antiepileptic drug monotherapy. Clin Electroencephalogr 1985; 16(3): 131 - 35.
37  Chabrol B, Decarie JC, Fortin G. The role of cranial MRI in identifying patients suffering from child abuse and presenting with unexplained neurological findings. Child Abuse Negl 1999; 23(3): 217 - 28.
38  Chee MW, Morris HH, Antar MA, et al. Presurgical evaluation of temporal lobe epilepsy using interictal temporal spikes and positron emission tomography. Arch Neurol 1993; 50(1): 45 - 48.
39  Clancy RR, Legido A. Postnatal epilepsy after EEG-confirmed neonatal seizures. Epilepsia 1991; 32(1): 69 - 76.
40  Conlon P, Trimble MR, Rogers D. A study of epileptic psychosis using magnetic resonance imaging. Br J Psychiatry 1990; 156(-): 231 - 35.
41  Connell J, Oozeer R, de Vries L, et al. Clinical and EEG response to anticonvulsants in neonatal seizures. Arch Dis Child 1989; 64(4): 459 - 64.
42  Cooper WO, Federspiel CF, Griffin MR, et al. New use of anticonvulsant medications among children enrolled in the Tennessee Medicaid Program. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med 1997; 151(12): 1242 - 46.
43  Coppola G, Plouin P, Chiron C, et al. Migrating partial seizures in infancy: A malignant disorder with developmental arrest. Epilepsia 1995; 36(10): 1017 - 24.
44  Cusmai R, Chiron C, Curatolo P, et al. Topographic comparative study of magnetic resonance imaging and electroencephalography in 34 children with tuberous sclerosis. Epilepsia 1990; 31(6): 747 - 55.
45  Czochanska J, Langner-Tyszka B, Losiowski Z, et al. Children who develop epilepsy in the first year of life: A prospective study. Dev Med Child Neurol 1994; 36(4): 345 - 50.
46  Davis TL, Freemon FR. Electroencephalography should not be routine in the evaluation of syncope in adults. Arch Intern Med 1990; 150(10): 2027 - 29.
47  de Albuquerque M, de Campos CJ. Epilepsy and anxiety. Arq Neuropsiquiatr 1993; 51(3): 313 - 18.
48  de Feo MR, Mecarelli O, Ricci G, et al. The utility of ambulatory EEG monitoring in typical absence seizures. Brain Dev 1991; 13(4): 223 - 7.
49  De Negri M, Cremonte M, Veneselli E, et al. Secondary generalized epilepsy in childhood: EEG patterns and correlation with responsiveness to benzodiazepines or ACTH (preliminary note). Brain Dev 1988; 10(6): 375 - 81.
50  De Negri M, Gaggero R, Baglietto MG. Computed EEG topography (CET) and childhood epilepsy: Two years experience. Brain Dev 1990; 12(2): 253 - 56.
51  de Weerd AW, Arts WF. Significance of centro-temporal spikes on the EEG. Acta Neurol Scand 1993; 87(6): 429 - 33.
52  Degen R, Degen HE, Roth C. Some genetic aspects of idiopathic and symptomatic absence seizures: Waking and sleep EEGs in siblings. Epilepsia 1990; 31(6): 784 - 94.
53  Dericioglu N, Saygi S, Ciger A. The value of provocation methods in patients suspected of having non-epileptic seizures. Seizure 1999; 8(3): 152 - 6.
54  Devinsky O, Gordon E. Epileptic seizures progressing into nonepileptic conversion seizures. Neurology 1998; 51(5): 1293 - 96.
55  Dias MS, Carnevale F, Li V. Immediate posttraumatic seizures: is routine hospitalization necessary? Pediatr 1999; 30(5): 232 - 8.
56  Donat JF, Wright FS. Seizures in series: Similarities between seizures of the west and Lennox-Gastaut syndromes. Epilepsia 1991; 32(4): 504 - 9.
57  Donat JF, Wright FS. Episodic symptoms mistaken for seizures in the neurologically impaired child. Neurology 1990; 40(1): 156 - 57.
58  Donovan PJ, Cline D. Phenytoin administration by constant intravenous infusion: Selective rates of administration. Ann Emerg Med 1991; 20(2): 139 - 42.
59  Dooley JM, Camfield PR, Camfield CS, et al. Once-daily ethosuximide in the treatment of absence epilepsy. Pediatr Neurol 1990; 6(1): 38 - 39.
60  Doose H. Absence epilepsy of early childhood -- Genetic aspects. Eur J Pediatr 1994; 153(-): 372 - 77.
61  Drake MEJ. Saline activation of pseudoepileptic seizures: Clinical EEG and neuropsychiatric observations. Clin Electroencephalogr 1985; 16(3): 171 - 76.
62  Eadie MJ. The I.L.A.E. classification of the epilepsies applied retrospectively to 1902 patients. Epilepsy Res 1996; 25(3): 277 - 84.
63  Eadie MJ. Epileptic seizures in 1902 patients: A perspective from a consultant neurological practice (1961 - 1991). Epilepsy Res 1994; 17(1): 55 - 79.
64  Ettinger AB, Weisbrot DM, Nolan E, et al. Postictal symptoms help distinguish patients with epileptic seizures from those with non-epileptic seizures. Seizure 1999; 8(3): 149 - 51.
65  Fisher RS, Chan DW, Bare M, et al. Capillary prolactin measurement for diagnosis of seizures. Ann Neurol 1991; 29(2): 187 - 90.
66  Fisher RS, Niedermeyer E. Depth EEG studies in the Lennox-Gastaut syndrome. Clin Electroencephalogr 1987; 18(4): 191 - 200.
67  Frost JDJ, Hrachovy RA, Glaze DG. Spike morphology in childhood focal epilepsy: Relationship to syndromic classification. Epilepsia 1992; 33(3): 531 - 36.
68  Fylan F, Edson AS, Harding GF. Clinical significance of EEG abnormalities during photic stimulation in patients with photosensitive epilepsy. Epilepsia 1999; 40(3): 370 - 2.
69  Fylan F, Harding GF, Edson AS, et al. Mechanisms of video-game epilepsy. Epilepsia 1999; 40 Suppl 4(-): 28 - 30.
70  Galletti F, Rinna A, Acquafondata C. An insight into children's and adolescents' experience of seizures and epilepsy. Seizure 1998; 7(4): 309 - 316.
71  Ganji S, Hellman CD. Tuberous sclerosis: Long-term follow-up and longitudinal electroencephalographic study. Clin Electroencephalogr 1985; 16(4): 219 - 224.
72  Garcia HH, Gilman R, Martinez M, et al. Cysticercosis as a major cause of epilepsy in Peru. The Cysticercosis Working Group in Peru (CWG). Lancet 1993; 341(8839): 197 - 200.
73  Gates JR, Ramani V, Whalen S, et al. Ictal characteristics of pseudoseizures. Arch Neurol 1985; 42(12): 1183 - 87.
74  Gerard G, Shabas D, Rossi D. MRI in epilepsy. Comput Radiol 1988; 11(5/6): 223 - 27.
75  Gillham RA, Williams N, Wiedmann K, et al. Concentration-effect relationships with carbamazepine and its epoxide on psychomotor and cognitive function in epileptic patients. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1988; 51(7): 929 - 33.
76  Glauser TA, Clancy RR. Adequacy of routine EEG examinations in neonates with clinically suspected seizures. J Child Neurol 1992; 7(2): 215 - 20.
77  Goodin DS, Aminoff MJ, Laxer KD. Detection of epileptiform activity by different noninvasive EEG methods in complex partial epilepsy. Ann Neurol 1990; 27(3): 330 - 34.
78  Gotman J. Automatic seizure detection: Improvements and evaluation. Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol 1990; 76(4): 317 - 24.
79  Grote CL, Van Slyke P, Hoeppner, JB. Language outcome following multiple subpial transection for Landau-Kleffner syndrome. Brain 1999; 122(Pt. 3): 561 - 66.
80  Gruber R, Bubl R, Fruttiger V. Anticonvulsive prophylaxis after juvenile craniocerebral injuries: A retrospective evaluation. Z Kinderchir 1985; 40(4): 199 - 202.
81  Guerreiro C, Cendes F, Li LM, et al. Clinical patterns of patients with temporal lobe epilepsy and pure amygdalar atrophy. Epilepsia 1999; 40(4): 453 - 61.
82  Gupta SK, Satishchandra P, Venkatesh A, et al. Prognosis of single unprovoked seizure. J Assoc Physicians India 1993; 41(11): 709 - 10.
83  Gurney JG, Mueller BA, Preston-Martin S, et al. A study of pediatric brain tumors and their association with epilepsy and anticonvulsant use. Neuroepidemiology 1997; 16(5): 248 - 55.
84  Hakeem VF, Wallace SJ. EEG monitoring of therapy for neonatal seizures. Dev Med Child Neurol 1990; 32(10): 858 - 64.
85  Hamer HM, Najm I, Mohamed A, et al. Interictal epileptiform discharges in temporal lobe epilepsy due to hippocampal sclerosis versus medial temporal lobe tumors. Epilepsia 1999; 40(9): 1261 - 68.
86  Harvey AS, Bowe JM, Hopkins IJ, et al. Ictal 99mTc-HMPAO single photon emission computed tomography in children with temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsia 1993; 34(5): 869 - 77.
87  Haslam RH, Freigang B. Cough syncope mimicking epilepsy in asthmatic children. Can J Neurol Sci 1985; 12(1): 45 - 47.
88  Haupt C, Zarbock G, Schulte FJ. Tumors of the cerebral hemispheres in children and adolescents. Results of treatment, residual syndromes and focal epilepsy. Klin Padiatr 1995; 207(2): 73 - 80.
89  Helmstaedter C, Wagner G, Elger CE. Differential effects of first antiepileptic drug application on cognition in lesional and non-lesional patients with epilepsy. Seizure 1993; 2(2): 125 - 30.
90  Herzog AG. Psychoneuroendocrine aspects of temporolimbic epilepsy. Part II: Epilepsy and reproductive steroids. Psychosomatics 1999; 40(2): 102 - 08.
91  Holland RW, Marx JA, Earnest MP, et al. Grand mal seizures temporally related to cocaine use: Clinical and diagnostic features. Ann Emerg Med 1992; 21(7): 772 - 76.
92  Holopainen IE, Valtonen ME, Komu ME, et al. Proton spectroscopy in children with epilepsy and febrile convulsions. Pediatr Neurol 1998; 19(2): 93 - 99.
93  Hongo K, Naganuma Y, Murakami M, et al. Development of EEG background activity in children with benign partial epilepsy. J Psychiatry Neurol 1990; 44(2): 367 - 68.
94  Hornig CR, Buttner T, Hufnagel A, et al. Epileptic seizures following ischaemic cerebral infarction. Clinical picture, CT findings and prognosis. Eur Arch Psychiatry Neurol Sci 1990; 239(6): 379 - 83.
95  Howell SJ, Owen L, Chadwick DW. Pseudostatus epilepticus. Q J Med 1989; 71(266): 507 - 19.
96  Hrachovy RA, Frost JDJ, Glaze DG. Coupling of focal electrical seizure discharges with infantile spasms: Incidence during long-term monitoring in newly diagnosed patients. J Clin Neurophysiol 1994; 11(4): 461 - 64.
97  Hughes J, Devinsky O, Feldmann E, et al. Premonitory symptoms in epilepsy. Seizure 1993; 2(3): 201 - 03.
98  Husain AM, Mebust KA, Radtke RA. Generalized periodic epileptiform discharges: Etiologies, relationship to status epilepticus, and prognosis. J Clin Neurophysiol 1999; 16(1): 51 - 8.
99  Jabbari B, Gunderson CH, Wippold F, et al. Magnetic Resonance Imaging in Partial Complex Epilepsy. Arch Neurol 1986; 43(-): 869 - 72.
100  Jain S, Padma MV, Kanga U, et al. Family studies and human leukocyte antigen class II typing in Indian probands with seizures in association with single small enhancing computed tomography lesions. Epilepsia 1999; 40(2): 232 - 38.
101  Jedrzejczak J, Owczarek K, Majkowski J. Psychogenic pseudoepileptic seizures: Clinical and electroencephalogram (EEG) video-tape recordings. Eur J Neurol 1999; 6(4): 473 - 9.
102  Kanner AM, Morris HH, Luders H, et al. Supplementary motor seizures mimicking pseudoseizures: Some clinical differences. Neurology 1990; 40(9): 1404 - 07.
103  Kasai K, Onuma T, Kato M, et al. Differences in evoked potential characteristics between DRPLA patients and patients with progressive myoclonic epilepsy: Preliminary findings indicating usefulness for differential diagnosis. Epilepsy Res 1999; 37(1): 3 - 11.
104  Knudsen FU. Effective short-term diazepam prophylaxis in febrile convulsions. J Pediatr 1985; 106(3): 487 - 90.
105  Kolmel HW. Complex visual hallucinations in the hemianopic field. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1985; 48(1): 29 - 38.
106  Koyama A, Matsui T, Sugisawa T. Febrile convulsions in northern Japan: A quantitative and qualitative analysis of EEG and clinical findings. Acta Neurol Scand 1991; 83(6): 411 - 17.
107  Kuyk J, Spinhoven P, van Dyck R. Hypnotic recall: A positive criterion in the differential diagnosis between epileptic and pseudoepileptic seizures. Epilepsia 1999; 40(4): 485 - 91.
108  Kuzniecky R, Andermann F, Guerrini R. Congenital bilateral perisylvian syndrome: Study of 31 patients. The CBPS Multicenter Collaborative Study. Lancet 1993; 341(8845): 608 - 12.
109  Kuzniecky R, Faught E, Morawetz R. Electroencephalographic correlations of extracranial and epidural electrodes in temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsia 1991; 32(3): 335 - 40.
110  Lancman ME, Asconape JJ, Penry JK. Clinical and EEG asymmetries in juvenile myoclonic epilepsy. Epilepsia 1994; 35(2): 302 - 06.
111  Lancman ME, Brotherton TA, Asconape JJ, et al. Psychogenic seizures in adults: A longitudinal analysis. Seizure 1993; 2(4): 281 - 86.
112  Lanska MJ, Lanska DJ, Baumann RJ, et al. Interobserver variability in the classification of neonatal seizures based on medical record data. Pediatr Neurol 1996; 15(2): 120 - 23.
113  Lawson JA, Cook MJ, Bleasel AF, et al. Quantitative MRI in outpatient childhood epilepsy. Epilepsia 1997; 38(12): 1289 - 93.
114  Lawson JA, Nguyen W, Bleasel AF, et al. ILAE-defined epilepsy syndromes in children: Correlation with quantitative MRI. Epilepsia 1998; 39(12): 1345 - 49.
115  Leis AA, Ross MA, Summers AK. Psychogenic seizures: Ictal characteristics and diagnostic pitfalls. Neurology 1992; 42(1): 95 - 9.
116  Lelliott PT, Fenwick P. Cerebral pathology in pseudoseizures. Acta Neurol Scand 1991; 83(2): 129 - 32.
117  Leutmezer F, Serles W, Lehrner J, et al. Postictal nose wiping: A lateralizing sign in temporal lobe complex partial seizures. Neurology 1998; 51(4): 1175 - 77.
118  Levin R, Leaton EM, Lee SI. The value of nasopharyngeal recording in psychiatric patients. Biol Psychiatry 1986; 21(13): 1236 - 38.
119  MacIntosh DS, Camfield PR, Camfield CS. Children with familial cryptogenic epilepsy have a favorable seizure prognosis. J Child Neurol 1998; 13(8): 372 - 76.
120  Manaka S. Cooperative prospective study on posttraumatic epilepsy: Risk factors and the effect of prophylactic anticonvulsant. Jpn J Psychiatry Neurol 1992; 46(2): 311 - 15.
121  Manford M, Fish DR, Shorvon SD. An analysis of clinical seizure patterns and their localizing value in frontal and temporal lobe epilepsies. Brain 1996; 119(Pt 1): 17 - 40.
122  Manzano GM, Ragazzo PC, Tavares SM, et al. Anterior zygomatic electrodes: A special electrode for the study of temporal lobe epilepsy. Appl Neurophysiol 1986; 49(4): 213 - 17.
123  Martin RC, Gilliam FG, Kilgore M, et al. Improved health care resource utilization following video-EEG-confirmed diagnosis of nonepileptic psychogenic seizures. Seizure 1998; 7(5): 385 - 90.
124  Masuoka LK, Anderson AW, Gore JC, et al. Functional magnetic resonance imaging identifies abnormal visual cortical function in patients with occipital lobe epilepsy. Epilepsia 1999; 40(9): 1248 - 53.
125  McIntosh S, Da Costa D, Kenny RA. Outcome of an integrated approach to the investigation of dizziness, falls and syncope in elderly patients referred to a 'syncope' clinic. Age Ageing 1993; 22(1): 53 - 8.
126  McLean MJ, Morrell MJ, Willmore LJ, et al. Safety and tolerability of gabapentin as adjunctive therapy in a large, multicenter study. Epilepsia 1999; 40(7): 965 - 72.
127  Meierkord H, Will B, Fish D, et al. The clinical features and prognosis of pseudoseizures diagnosed using video-EEG telemetry. Neurology 1991; 41(10): 1643 - 46.
128  Mervaala E, Partanen J, Nousianinen U, et al. Electrophysiologic effects of gamma-vinyl GABA and carbamazepine. Epilepsia 1989; 30(2): 189 - 93.
129  Miller JW, Yanagihara T, Petersen RC, et al. Transient global amnesia and epilepsy. Electroencephalographic distinction. Arch Neurol 1987; 44(6): 629 - 33.
130  Mishra V, Gahlaut DS, Kumar S, et al. Value of serum prolactin in differentiating epilepsy from pseudoseizure. JAPI 1990; 38(11): 846 - 47.
131  Mitsuyoshi I, Tamaki K, Okuno T, et al. Regional cerebral blood flow in diagnosis of childhood onset partial epilepsy. Brain Dev 1993; 15(2): 97 - 102.
132  Murthy JM, Mohan Rao CH, Meena AK. Clinical observations of juvenile myoclonic epilepsy in 131 patients: A study in South India. Seizure 1998; 7(-): 43 - 7.
133  Murthy JM, Reddy VS. Clinical characteristics, seizure spread patterns and prognosis of seizures associated with a single small cerebral calcific CT lesion. Seizure 1998; 7(2): 153 - 57.
134  Nagarajan L, Bye AM. Staring episodes in children analyzed by telemetry. J Child Neurol 1992; 7(1): 39 - 43.
135  Neufeld MY, Cohn DF, Korczyn AD. Sphenoidal EEG recording in complex partial seizures. Clin Electroencephalogr 1986; 17(3): 139 - 41.
136  Ogunniyi A, Adeyinka A, Fagbemi SO, et al. Computerized tomographic findings in adolescent and adult Nigerian epileptics. West Afr J Med 1994; 13(2): 128 - 31.
137  Okuno T, Ito M, Nakano S, et al. Carbamazepine therapy and long-term prognosis in epilepsy of childhood. Epilepsia 1989; 30(1): 57 - 61.
138  Oldani A, Zucconi M, Asselta R, et al. Autosomal dominant nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy. A video-polysomnographic and genetic appraisal of 40 patients and delineation of the epileptic syndrome. Brain 1998; 121(Pt. 2): 205 - 223.
139  Ortibus EL, Sum JM, Hahn JS. Predictive value of EEG for outcome and epilepsy following neonatal seizures. Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol 1996; 98(3): 175 - 85.
140  Pacifici R, Zuccaro P, Iannetti P, et al. Immunologic aspects of vigabatrin treatment in epileptic children. Epilepsia 1995; 36(4): 423 - 26.
141  Padma MV, Behari M, Misra NK, et al. Albendazole in single CT ring lesions in epilepsy. Neurology 1994; 44(7): 1344 - 46.
142  Palmini A, Andermann F, Olivier A, et al. Neuronal migration disorders: A contribution of modern neuroimaging to the etiologic diagnosis of epilepsy. Can J Neurol Sci 1991; 18 Suppl(4): 580 - 87.
143  Panayiotopoulos CP. Elementary visual hallucinations in migraine and epilepsy . J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1994; 57(11): 1371 - 74.
144  Panayiotopoulos CP, Koutroumanidis M, Giannakodimos S, et al. Idiopathic generalised epilepsy in adults manifested by phantom absences, generalised tonic-clonic seizures, and frequent absence status. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1997; 63(5): 622 - 27.
145  Panayiotopoulos CP, Obeid T, Waheed G. Absences in juvenile myoclonic epilepsy: A clinical and video-electroencephalographic study. Ann Neurol 1989; 25(4): 391 - 97.
146  Panet-Raymond D, Gotman J. Asymmetry in delta activity in patients with focal epilepsy. Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol 1990; 75(6): 474 - 81.
147  Parra J, Iriarte J, Kanner AM. are we overusing the diagnosis of psychogenic non-epileptic events? Seizure 1999; 8(4): 223 - 7.
148  Peiris JB, Karunanayake EH, Joice PD, et al. Relationship between dose and serum concentrations of carbamazepine, phenytoin, phenobarbital, and primidone in a Sri Lankan population compared with a European population. Epilepsia 1988; 29(5): 564 - 70.
149  Peled R, Lavie P. Paroxysmal awakenings from sleep associated with excessive daytime somnolence: A form of nocturnal epilepsy. Neurology 1986; 36(1): 95 - 98.
150  Pietz J, Benninger C, Schafer H, et al. Treatment of infantile spasms with high-dosage vitamin B6. Epilepsia 1993; 34(4): 757 - 63.
151  Psatta DM, Matei M, Jipescu I. Contribution of EEG mapping to diagnosis setting in a supratentorial damage. Rom J Neurol Psychiatry 1990; 28(2): 87 - 96.
152  Psatta DM, Tudorache B, Matei M, et al. Cerebral dysfunction revealed by EEG mapping in the schizoform epileptic psychosis. Rom J Neurol Psychiatry 1991; 29(1 - 2): 81 - 98.
153  Puce A, Andrewes DG, Berkovic SF, et al. Visual recognition memory. Neurophysiological evidence for the role of temporal white matter in man. Brain 1991; 114(4): 1647 - 66.
154  Puri V, Gupta RK. Magnetic resonance imaging evaluation of focal computed tomography abnormality in epilepsy. Epilepsia 1991; 32(4): 460 - 66.
155  Rabinowicz AL, Correale J, Boutros RB, et al. Neuron-specific enolase is increased after single seizures during inpatient video/EEG monitoring. Epilepsia 1996; 37(2): 122 - 25.
156  Ramchandani D, Schindler B. Evaluation of pseudoseizures. A psychiatric perspective. Psychosomatics 1993; 34(1): 70 - 79.
157  Raroque HGJ, Gonzales PC, Jhaveri HS, et al. Defining the role of structural lesions and metabolic abnormalities in periodic lateralized epileptiform discharges. Epilepsia 1993; 34(2): 279 - 83.
158  Raroque HGJ, Wagner W, Gonzales PC, et al. Reassessment of the clinical significance of periodic lateralized epileptiform discharges in pediatric patients. Epilepsia 1993; 34(2): 275 - 78.
159  Resta M, Palma M, Dicuonzo F, et al. Imaging studies in partial epilepsy in children and adolescents. Epilepsia 1994; 35(6): 1187 - 93.
160  Reutens DC, Berkovic SF, Macdonell RA, et al. Magnetic stimulation of the brain in generalized epilepsy: Reversal of cortical hyperexcitability by anticonvulsants. Ann Neurol 1993; 34(3): 351 - 55.
161  Riaz H, Comish S, Lawton L, et al. Non-epileptic attack disorder and clinical outcome: A pilot study. Seizure 1998; 7(5): 365 - 68.
162  Rosenow F, Wyllie E, Kotagal P, et al. Staring spells in children: Descriptive features distinguishing epileptic and nonepileptic events. J Pediatr 1998; 133(5): 660 - 63.
163  Ross CA, Heber S, Anderson G, et al. Differentiating multiple personality disorder and complex partial seizures. Gen Hosp Psychiatry 1989; 11(1): 54 - 8.
164  Ryback RS, Gardner EA. Limbic system dysrhythmia: A diagnostic electroencephalogram procedure utilizing procaine activation. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 1991; 3(3): 321 - 29.
165  Ryglewicz D, Baranska-Gieruszczak M, Niedzielska K, et al. EEG and CT findings in poststroke epilepsy. Acta Neurol Scand 1990; 81(6): 488 - 90.
166  Saccomani L, Cirrincione M, Savoini M. Pseudo-epileptic seizures in children and adolescents. Dev Med Child Neurol 1993; 35(4): 359 - 61.
167  Samuel M, Duncan JS. Use of the hand held video camcorder in the evaluation of seizures. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1994; 57(11): 1417 - 18.
168  Sanchez-Alcaraz A, Quintana MB, Lopez E, et al. Valproic acid clearance in children with epilepsy. J Clin Pharm Ther 1998; 23(1): 31 - 34.
169  Sansom D, Krishnan VH, Corbett J, et al. Emotional and behavioural aspects of Rett syndrome. Dev Med Child Neurol 1993; 35(4): 340 - 45.
170  Saygi S, Spencer SS, Scheyer R, et al. Differentiation of temporal lobe ictal behavior associated with hippocampal sclerosis and tumors of temporal lobe. Epilepsia 1994; 35(4): 737 - 42.
171  Schachter SC, Ito M, Wannamaker BB, et al. Incidence of spikes and paroxysmal rhythmic events in overnight ambulatory computer-assisted eegs of normal subjects: A multicenter study. J Clin Neurophysiol 1998; 15(3): 251 - 5.
172  Scheepers B, Budd S, Curry S, et al. Non-epileptic attack disorder: A clinical audit. Seizure 1994; 3(2): 129 - 34.
173  Scheepers B, Clough P, Pickles C. The misdiagnosis of epilepsy: Findings of a population study. Seizure 1998; 7(5): 403 - 6.
174  Scher MS, Hamid MY, Steppe DA, et al. Ictal and interictal electrographic seizure durations in preterm and term neonates. Epilepsia 1993; 34(2): 284 - 88.
175  Schofield A, Duane MM. Neurologic referrals to a psychiatric consultation-liaison service. A study of 199 patients. Gen Hosp Psychiatry 1987; 9(4): 280 - 86.
176  Selwa LM, Buchtel HA, Henry TR. Electrocerebral recovery during the intracarotid amobarbital procedure: Influence of interval between injections. Epilepsia 1997; 38(12): 1294 - 99.
177  Singh R, Scheffer IE, Crossland K, et al. Generalized epilepsy with febrile seizures plus: A common childhood-onset genetic epilepsy syndrome. Ann Neurol 1999; 45(1): 75 - 81.
178  Siregar P, Toulouse P. Model-based diagnosis of brain disorders: A prototype framework. Artif Intell Med 1995; 7(4): 315 - 42.
179  Slater JD, Brown MC, Jacobs W, et al. Induction of pseudoseizures with intravenous saline placebo. Epilepsia 1995; 36(6): 580 - 85.
180  Smith D, Defalla BA, Chadwick DW. The misdiagnosis of epilepsy and the management of refractory epilepsy in a specialist clinic. QJM 1999; 92(1): 15 - 23.
181  Spencer SS, Williamson PD, Bridgers SL, et al. Reliability and accuracy of localization by scalp ictal EEG. Neurology 1985; 35(11): 1567 - 75.
182  Sunaga Y, Hikima A, Otsuka T, et al. P300 event-related potentials in epileptic children. Clin Electroencephalogr 1994; 25(1): 13 - 17.
183  Sung CY, Chu NS. Epileptic seizures in elderly people: Aetiology and seizure type. Age Ageing 1990; 19(1): 25 - 30.
184  Swartz BE, Halgren E, Delgado-Escueta AV, et al. Multidisciplinary analysis of patients with extratemporal complex partial seizures. I. Intertest agreement. Epilepsy Res 1990; 5(1): 61 - 73.
185  Swartz BE, Halgren E, Delgado-Escueta AV, et al. Neuroimaging in patients with seizures of probable frontal lobe origin. Epilepsia 1989; 30(5): 547 - 558.
186  Tardy B, Lafond P, Convers P, et al. Adult first generalized seizure: Etiology, biological tests, EEG, CT scan, in an ED. Am J Emerg Med 1995; 13(1): 1 - 5.
187  Tartara A, Manni R. Diagnostic value of spontaneous afternoon sleep in epilepsy: Polysomnographic study of 96 epileptic patients. Eur Neurol 1986; 25(1): 26 - 31.
188  Tatum WO, Alavi A, Stecker MM. Technetium-99m-HMPAO SPECT in partial status epilepticus. J Nucl Med 1994; 35(7): 1087 - 94.
189  ter Maaten JC, Strack SR, Heimans JJ, et al. Ten patients with refractory status epilepticus in an intensive care department. Neth J Med 1998; 53(6): 260 - 65.
190  Terzano MG, Parrino L, Spaggiari MC, et al. Discriminatory effect of cyclic alternating pattern in focal lesional and benign rolandic interictal spikes during sleep. Epilepsia 1991; 32(5): 616 - 28.
191  Thilothammal N, Kannan, Krishnamurthy PV, et al. Role of phenobarbitone in preventing recurrence of febrile convulsions. Indian Pediatr 1993; 30(5): 637 - 42.
192  Thomaides TN, Kerezoudi EP, Chaudhuri KR, et al. Study of EEGs following 24-hour sleep deprivation in patients with posttraumatic epilepsy. Eur Neurol 1992; 32(2): 79 - 82.
193  Thoresen M, Henriksen O, Wannag E, et al. Does a sedative dose of chloral hydrate modify the EEG of children with epilepsy? Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol 1997; 102(2): 152 - 57.
194  Touchon J, Valmier J, Baldy-Moulinier M, et al. Regional cerebral blood flow during interictal state: Differences between temporal lobe epilepsy and primary generalized epilepsy. Eur Neurol 1986; 25(1): 43 - 52.
195  Varma AR, Moriarty J, Costa DC, et al. HMPAO SPECT in non-epileptic seizures: Preliminary results. Acta Neurol Scand 1996; 94(2): 88 - 92.
196  Vining EPG, Mellitis ED, Dorsen MM, et al. Psychologic and behavioral effects of antiepileptic drugs in children: A double-blind comparison between phenobarbital and valproic acid. Pediatrics 1987; 80(2): 165 - 74.
197  Walczak TS, Bogolioubov A. Weeping during psychogenic nonepileptic seizures. Epilepsia 1996; 37(2): 208 - 10.
198  Walczak TS, Williams DT, Berten W. Utility and reliability of placebo infusion in the evaluation of patients with seizures. Neurology 1994; 44(3 Pt 1): 394 - 99.
199  Watanabe K, Takahashi I, Negoro T, et al. Benign epilepsy of children with complex partial seizures following febrile convulsions. Seizure 1993; 2(1): 57 - 61.
200  Weglage J, Demsky A, Pietsch M, et al. Neuropsychological, intellectual, and behavioral findings in patients with centrotemporal spikes with and without seizures. Dev Med Child Neurol 1997; 39(10): 646 - 51.
201  Westbrook LE, Devinsky O, Geocadin R. Nonepileptic seizures after head injury. Epilepsia 1998; 39(9): 978 - 82.
202  Williams BA, Abbott KJ, Manson JI. Cerebral tumors in children presenting with epilepsy. J Child Neurol 1992; 7(3): 291 - 94.
203  Williamson A, Spencer SS, Spencer DD. Depth electrode studies and intracellular dentate granule cell recordings in temporal lobe epilepsy. Ann Neurol 1995; 38(5): 778 - 87.
204  Wolf P, Okujava N. Possibilities of non-pharmacological conservative treatment of epilepsy. Seizure 1999; 8(1): 45 - 52.
205  Wolf SM, Forsythe A. Epilepsy and mental retardation following febrile seizures in childhood. Acta Paediatr Scand 1989; 78(2): 291 - 95.
206  Wyllie E, Lueders H, Pippenger C, et al. Postictal serum creatine kinase in the diagnosis of seizure disorders. Arch Neurol 1985; 42(2): 123 - 26.
207  Zaidi A, Crampton S, Clough P, et al. Head-up tilting is a useful provocative test for psychogenic non-epileptic seizures. Seizure 1999; 8(6): 353 - 5.
208  Zelnik N, Kahana L, Rafael A, et al. Prolactin and cortisol levels in various paroxysmal disorders in childhood. Pediatrics 1991; 88(3): 486 - 89.
RejectionOutcomes not extractable
1  Aguglia U, Gambardella A, Le Piane E, et al. Chlorpromazine versus sleep deprivation in activation of EEG in adult-onset partial epilepsy. J Neurol 1994; 241(10): 605 - 10.
2  Appleton R, Besag F, Kennedy C, et al. An audit of children referred with suspected epilepsy. Seizure 1998; 7(6): 489 - 95.
3  Baldy-Moulinier M, Covanis A, D'Urso S, et al. Therapeutic strategies against epilepsy in mediterranean countries: A report from an international collaborative survey. Seizure 1998; 7(6): 513 - 20.
4  Besser R, Hornung K, Theisohn M, et al. EEG changes in patients during the introduction of carbamazepine. Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol 1992; 83(1): 19 - 23.
5  Brown S, Betts T, Crawford P, et al. Epilepsy needs revisited: A revised epilepsy needs document for the UK. Seizure 1998; 7(6): 435 - 46.
6  Drury I, Selwa LM, Schuh LA, et al. Value of inpatient diagnostic CCTV-EEG monitoring in the elderly. Epilepsia 1999; 40(8): 1100 - 02.
7  Eadie MJ. Plasma antiepileptic drug monitoring in a neurological practice: A 25-year experience. Ther Drug Monit 1994; 16(5): 458 - 68.
8  Eriksson KJ, Koivikko MJ. Prevalence, classification, and severity of epilepsy and epileptic syndromes in patients. Epilepsia 1997; 38(12): 1275 - 1282.
9  Falope ZF, Ogunniyi A, Osuntokun BO. Factors associated with epileptiform EEG patterns in Nigerian epileptics. East Afr Med J 1993; 70(5): 294 - 96.
10  Ferrarese C, Cogliati T, Tortorella R, et al. Diazepam binding inhibitor (DBI) in the plasma of pediatric and adult epileptic patients. Epilepsy Res 1998; 29(2): 129 - 34.
11  Hamer HM, Wyllie E, Luders HO, et al. Symptomatology of epileptic seizures in the first three years of life. Epilepsia 1999; 40(7): 837 - 44.
12  Kallen B. A register study of maternal epilepsy and delivery outcome with special reference to drug use. Acta Neurol Scand 1986; 73(3): 253 - 59.
13  Kaplan PW. Nonconvulsive status epilepticus in the emergency room. Epilepsia 1996; 37(7): 643 - 50.
14  Krumholz A, Grufferman S, Orr ST, et al. Seizures and seizure care in an emergency department. Epilepsia 1989; 30(2): 175 - 181.
15  Lancman ME, O'Donovan C, Dinner D, et al. Usefulness of prolonged video-EEG monitoring in the elderly. J Neurol Sci 1996; 142(1 - 2): 54 - 8.
16  Lee AG, Delgado-Escueta AV, Maldonado HM, et al. Closed-circuit television videotaping and electroencephalography biotelemetry (video/EEG) in primary generalized epilepsies. Adv Neurol 1987; 46(-): 27 - 68.
17  Matuja WB, Ndosi N. Electroencephalographic findings in Tanzanian epileptic patients. Afr J Med Sci 1993; 22(3): 17 - 20.
18  Yager JY, Cheang M, Seshia SS. Status epilepticus in children. Can J Neurol Sci 1988; 15(4): 402 - 5.
RejectionPharmacokinetic / Pharmacodynamic Study
1  Hussein Z, Posner J. Population pharmacokinetics of lamotrigine monotherapy in patients with epilepsy: Retrospective analysis of routine monitoring data. Br J Clin Pharmacol 1997; 43(5): 457 - 65.
2  Sachdeo R, Narang-Sachdeo SK, Shumaker RC, et al. Tolerability and pharmacokinetics of monotherapy felbamate doses of 1,200 - 6,000 mg/day in subjects with epilepsy. Epilepsia 1997; 38(8): 887 - 92.
RejectionResults for population of interest are not separable from other populations
1  Bridgers SL, Ebersole JS. The clinical utility of ambulatory cassette EEG. Neurology 1985; 35(2): 166 - 73.
2  Bridgers SL, Ebersole JS. Incidence of seizures with phenytoin toxicity. Neurology 1985; 35(-): 1767 - 68.
3  Futagi Y, Otani K, Imai K. Reduction in internal carotid arterial blood flow velocity in children during antiepileptic drug therapy with clinical dosages. Epilepsia 1994; 35(4): 827 - 31.
4  Gibbs J, Appleton RE, Carty H, et al. Focal electroencephalographic abnormalities and computerised tomography findings in children with seizures. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1993; 56(4): 369 - 71.
5  Hopkins A, Garman A, Clarke C. The first seizure in adult life: Value of clinical features, electroencephalography, and computerized tomographic scanning in prediction of seizure recurrence. Lancet 1988; 1(-): 721 - 26.
6  Laxer KD, Mullooly JP, Howell B. Prolactin changes after seizures classified by EEG monitoring. Neurology 1985; 35(1): 31 - 5.
7  Marciani MG, Gigli GL, Stefanini F, et al. Effect of carbamazepine on EEG background activity and on interictal epileptiform abnormalities in focal epilepsy. Int J Neurosci 1993; 70(1 - 2): 107 - 116.
8  Marciani MG, Stanzione P, Maschio M, et al. EEG changes induced by vigabatrin monotherapy in focal epilepsy. Acta Neurol Scand 1997; 95(2): 115 - 20.
9  Reunanen M, Dam M, Yuen AWC. A randomised open multicentre comparative trial of lamotrigine and carbamazepine as monotherapy in patients with newly diagnosed or recurrent epilepsy. Epilepsy Res 1996; 23(-): 149 - 55.
RejectionReviews, meta-analyses, letters, case reports, editorials, and commentaries
1  Alldredge BK. Seizure risk associated with psychotropic drugs: Clinical and pharmacokinetic considerations. Neurology 1999; 53 Suppl 2(5): 68 - 75.
2  American Academy of Pediatrics. Provisional Committee on Quality Improvement, Subcommittee on Febrile Seizures. Practice parameter: The neurodiagnostic evaluation of the child with a first simple febrile seizure. Pediatrics 1996; 97(5): 769 - 72.
3  Applegate MS, Lo W. Febrile seizures: Current concepts concerning prognosis and clinical management. J Fam Pract 1989; 29(4): 422 - 28.
4  Appleton RE, Neville BG. Teenagers with epilepsy. Arch Dis Child 1999; 81(1): 76 - 9.
5  Baker GA, Nashef L, van Hout BA. Current issues in the management of epilepsy: The impact of frequent seizures on the cost of illness, quality of life, and mortality. Epilepsia 1997; 38(Suppl 1): 1 - 8.
6  Beran RG. Medical management of epilepsy. Aust Fam Physician 1989; 18(2): 135 - 6.
7  Beran RG, Tilley M. Clinical trials of antiepileptic drugs performed in the private practice setting. Epilepsia 1994; 35(1): 101 - 106.
8  Berg AT, Shinnar S. The risk of seizure recurrence following a first unprovoked seizure: A quantitative review. Neurology 1991; 41(-): 965 - 72.
9  Callaghan N, Goggin T. Adjunctive therapy in resistant epilepsy. Epilepsia 1988; 29 Suppl 1(-): 29 - 35.
10  Cochrane HC, Marson AG, Baker GA, et al. Neuropsychological outcomes in randomized controlled trials of antiepileptic drugs: A systematic review of methodology and reporting standards. Epilepsia 1998; 39(10): 1088 - 1097.
11  Dahl M, Dam M. Sleep and epilepsy. Ann Clin Res 1985; 17(5): 235 - 42.
12  Dodson WE. Aspects of antiepileptic treatment in children. Epilepsia 1988; 29(-): 10 - 14.
13  Dodson WE. Carbamazepine efficacy and utilization in children. Epilepsia 1987; 28(-): 17 - 24.
14  Dodson WE. Special pharmacokinetic considerations in children. Epilepsia 1987; 28(-): 56 - 70.
15  Dulac O, Plouin P, Shewmon A. Myoclonus and epilepsy in childhood: 1996 Royaumont meeting. Epilepsy Res 1998; 30(2): 91 - 106.
16  Duncan JS. Antiepileptic drugs and the electroencephalogram. Epilepsia 1987; 28(3): 259 - 66.
17  Edmondstone WM. Clinical management. Fits, faints and funny turns. J R Nav Med Serv 1997; 83(2): 76 - 78.
18  Evans OB. Symptomatic seizures. Pediatr Ann 1999; 28(4): 231 - 37.
19  Francis P, Baker GA. Non-epileptic attack disorder (NEAD): A comprehensive review. Seizure 1999; 8(1): 53 - 61.
20  Gilbert K. An algorithm for diagnosis and treatment of status epilepticus in adults. J Neurosci Nurs 1999; 31(1): 27 - 36.
21  Guberman A. Hormonal contraception and epilepsy. Neurology 1999; 53 Suppl 1(4): 38 - 40.
22  Haafiz A, Kissoon N. Status epilepticus: Current concepts. Ped Emerg Care 1999; 15(2): 119 - 29.
23  Heaney DC, Sander JS. Cost-effectiveness model of adjunctive lamotrigine for the treatment of epilepsy. Neurology 1999; 53(3): 657 - 58.
24  Heaney DC, Shorvon SD, Sander JW. An economic appraisal of carbamazepine, lamotrigine, phenytoin and valproate as initial treatment in adults with newly diagnosed epilepsy. Epilepsia 1998; 39 Suppl(-): 19 - 25.
25  Hingley AT. Epilepsy: Taming the seizures, dispelling the myths. FDA Consum 1999; 33(1): 28 - 32.
26  Jordan KG. Nonconvulsive status epilepticus in acute brain injury. J Clin Neurophysiol 1999; 16(4): 332 - 40.
27  Kaplan PW. Assessing the outcomes in patients with nonconvulsive status epilepticus: Nonconvulsive status epilepticus is underdiagnosed, potentially overtreated, and confounded by comorbidity. J Clin Neurophysiol 1999; 16(4): 341 - 52.
28  King-Stephens D. The treatment of epilepsy in the elderly. CNS Drugs 1999; 12(1): 21 - 33.
29  Long L, McAuley JW. Epilepsy: A review of seizure types, etiologies, diagnosis, treatment, and nursing implications. Crit Care Nurse 1996; 16(4): 83 - 92.
30  Mattson RH. Medical management of epilepsy in adults. Neurology 1998; 51 Suppl 4(5): 15 - 20.
31  McNamara JO. Emerging insights into the genesis of epilepsy. Nature 1999; 399 Suppl(6738): 15 - 22.
32  Mellor D. When to start anticonvulsant treatment in childhood epilepsy: The case for avoiding or delaying treatment. Br Med J 1988; 297(6662): 1529 - 30.
33  Morey SS. Neurologic group develops recommendations for management of epilepsy. Am Fam Phys 1999; 59(9): 2648 - 53.
34  Ozkara C, Dreifuss FE. Differential diagnosis in pseudoepileptic seizures. Epilepsia 1993; 34(2): 294 - 98.
35  Panayiotopoulos CP. Early-onset benign childhood occipital seizure susceptibility syndrome: A syndrome to recognize. Epilepsia 1999; 40(5): 621 - 30.
36  Panayiotopoulos CP. Significance of the EEG after the first afebrile seizure. Arch Dis Child 1998; 78(6): 575 - 76.
37  Panayiotopoulos CP, Agathonikou A, Sharoqi IA, et al. Vigabatrin aggravates absences and absence status. Neurology 1997; 49(5): 1467.
38  Pellock JM. Treatment of seizures and epilepsy in children and adolescents. Neurology 1998; 51 Suppl 4(5): 8 - 14.
39  Porter RJ. Recognizing and classifying epileptic seizures and epileptic syndromes. Neurol Clin 1986; 4(3): 495 - 508.
40  Rapin I. Practitioner review: Developmental language disorders: A clinical update. J Child Psychol Psychiatry 1996; 37(6): 643 - 55.
41  Rose VL. New guidelines offer recommendations for women with epilepsy. Am Fam Physician 1999; 59(6): 1681 - 82.
42  Rudkin TM, Arnold DL. Proton magnetic resonance spectroscopy for the diagnosis and management of cerebral disorders. Archives of Neurology 1999; 56(8): 919 - 26.
43  Sato S, Long RL, Porter RJ. Monitoring at the National Institute of Neurological and Communicative Disorders and Stroke. Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Suppl 1985; 37(-): 415 - 22.
44  Scamvougeras A. Psychiatric comorbidity in epilepsy: basic mechanisms, diagnosis and treatment. Can J Neurol Sci 1999; 44(2): 185 - 6.
45  Shafer PO. Epilepsy and seizures: Advances in seizure assessment, treatment, and self-management. Nurs Clin North Am 1999; 34(3): 743 - 59.
46  Shinnar S, Ballaban-Gil K. An approach to the child with a first unprovoked seizure. Pediatr Ann 1991; 20(1): 29 - 33.
47  Sperling MR, Engel JJ. Sphenoidal electrodes. J Clin Neurophysiol 1986; 3(1): 67 - 73.
48  Vedanarayanan VV. Diagnosis of epilepsy in children. Pediatr Ann 1999; 28(4): 218 - 24.
49  Williamson PD, Spencer SS. Clinical and EEG features of complex partial seizures of extratemporal origin. Epilepsia 1986; 27 Suppl 2(-): 46 - 63.
50  Willmore LJ. Epilepsy emergencies - The first seizure and status epilepticus. Neurology 1998; 51 Suppl 4(5): 34 - 38.
51  Wszolek ZK, Groover RV, Klass DW. Seizures presenting as episodic hypersomnolence. Epilepsia 1995; 36(1): 108 - 110.
52  Zapata-Ferrer A, Rivas ML, Gaona GA, et all. Detecting the onset of epileptic seizures. IEEE Eng Med Biol Mag 1999; 18(3): 78 - 83.

Appendix 9: Studies Pending

  1. Battaglia D, Rando T, Deodato F. Epileptic disorders with onset in the first year of life: Neurological and cognitive outcome. Eur J Pediatr Neurol 1999; 3(3): 95 - 103.

  2. Hajek M, Dezortova M, Komarek V. H MR spectroscopy in patients with mesial temporal epilepsy. MAGMA 1998; 7(2): 95 - 114.

  3. Malmgren K, Blennow G, Hedstrom A. Differential diagnosis in epilepsy. Lakartidningen 1997; 94(21): 1985 - 90.

  4. Martinez Bermejo A, Pascual-Castroviejo, IP. The diagnosis and treatment of partial epilepsy in adolescents. Neurologia 1996; 11 Suppl(4): 58 - 71.

  5. Martinez M. Clinical and diagnostic characteristics in status epilepticus. Neurologia 1997; 12(6): 25 - 30.

  6. Nowack WJ. Epilepsy: A costly misdiagnosis. Clin Electroencephal 1997; 28(4): 225 - 228.

  7. Thompson JE, Castillo M, Kwock L. MR spectroscopy in the evaluation of epilepsy. MRI Clin North Am 1998; 6(1): 21 - 29.

Appendix 10. Technical Expert Panel (TEP) Members

Panel MembersSpecialty/CategoryAffiliation
   
Gregory L. Barkley, M.D.Epilepsy SpecialistMedical Director, Henry Ford Comprehensive Epilepsy Program, Detroit, MI
Joyce BenderConsumer AdvocateBender Consulting Services, Inc. Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
Patricia Dean, MSN, MSEpilepsy SpecialistMiami Children's Hospital Miami, Florida
Margaret Gunter, PhDHealth ServicesLovelace Clinic Foundation Alburquerque, New Mexico
Suzanne MercureHealth ServicesInstitute for Health Policy Solutions Falls Church, Virginia
David Stumpf, M.D., PhDNeurologistNorthwestern University Medical School, Chicago, Illinois
Louis Trost, M.D.Primary CareLovelace Family Practice - Westside Alburquerque, New Mexico
Linda WarnerConsumer AdvocateForest Lake, Minnesota

Appendix 11. Peer Review Panel

Peer Review PanelSpecialty/CategoryAffiliation
   
Javier Aceves, M.D.Primary CarePediatrics - Lovelace Health Systems Rio Rancho, New Mexico
Claire Chee, RNPediatric Epilepsy SpecialistCurrent President of ACNN Children's Hospital of Philadelphia
Stephen Collins, M.D.Industry RepresentativeAbbott
Patricia Crumrine, M.D.NeurologistChildren's Hospital, Pittsburgh, PA. (Representing American Academy of Pediatrics)
Joseph D'Souza, PhDIndustry RepresentativeNovartis
John Gates, M.D.Epilepsy specialistMinnesota Epilepsy Group, St. Paul, Minnesota
Elizabeth Garofalo, M.D.Neurologist, Industry RepresentativeParke-Davis
Frank Gilliam, M.D., MPHEpilepsy SpecialistWashington University School of Medicine, Dept. of Neurology - St. Louis, MO
Robert Gumnit, M.D.Epilepsy SpecialistPresident, Nat'l Association of Epilepsy Centers MINCEP Epilepsy Care, Minneapolis, MN
Cynthia JoyceConsumer AdvocateDirector, Education and Research Foundation of the American Academy of Neurology
Allan Krumholz, M.D.Epilepsy SpecialistUniv. of Maryland, Dept. of Neurology
Lisa LindahlConsumer AdvocateSpear-headed the Women's Initiative" for the Epilepsy Foundation.
Janet Mims, RNConsumer AdvocatePast President of Assoc. of Child Neurology Nurses(ACNN)
Martha J. Morrell, M.D.Epilepsy SpecialistProfessor, New York Presbyterian Hosp. Chair, Epilepsy Foundation Board of Directors
Jay Rosenberg, M.D.NeurologistSan Diego, CA
Steven Schachter, M.D.Epilepsy SpecialistBeth Israel Deaconess Comprehensive Epilepsy Center, Chair, Epilepsy Foundation Professional Advisory Board.
Stephen Schwabe, M.D.Industry RepresentativeJohnson & Johnson
Patricia Shafer, RNEpilepsy SpecialistBI Deaconess Medical Center, Boston, MA Chair Elect, Epilepsy Foundation Professional Advisory Board
Kari Swarztrauber, M.D.NeurologistPost Doctoral Fellow - UCLA Dept of Neurology

Appendix 12: Peer Reviewer Form

A Systematic Review of the Literature Regarding the Management of Patients with a First Diagnosis of Epilepsy

Please indicate your level of agreement with each of the following statements, by placing an "X" in the appropriate column.
StatementsVery much agreeModerately agreeNot very much in agreementDo not agree at all
     
1. This topic is relevant to healthcare decision-making (clinical practice and policy making) in 2000.    
     
2. The criteria used to select articles for inclusion were appropriate.    
     
3. Based on selection criteria used, it is not likely that relevant studies were missed.    
     
4. The validity of the studies was appraised appropriately.    
     
5. The methods are presented in such a way as to be reproducible.    
     
6. The statistical analytic methods are appropriate to the material and the objectives.    
     
7. The results are stated clearly.    
     
8. Given the nature of the topic and the data, all clinically important outcomes were considered.    
     
9. I agree with the conclusions presented in the report.    
On the following page, please provide:
  1. A brief explanation of both positive and negative answers;

  2. Suggestions for improvement of the content or format of this review;

  3. Suggestions for additional analyses of this dataset worth including in this report, or in future reports.

**We would prefer that you complete and return this form electronically. However, you may also fax the form back to us, or fax back an annotated version of the draft report if you prefer. Contact information is provided below.

Thank you in advance for your time in completing this form and giving us your feedback. We value your input and greatly appreciate your efforts. Please send the completed form and comments to MetaWorks by May 12, 2000.

Contact:Rhonda P. Estok, RN, BSN, CNOR, Metaworks Inc.
 Phone: (781) 395-0415 x254, Fax: (781) 395-7336, email: restok@metawork.com

Please print legibly or type comments here:

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________ (signature)_______________ (date)
________________________________ (print name) 
References
Aikia M, Kalviainen R, Mervaala E, et al. Predictors of seizure outcome in newly diagnosed partial epilepsy: Memory performance as a prognostic factor Epilepsy Res 1999. 37:(2):15967. [PubMed].
Aikia M, Kalviainen R, Sivenius J, et al. Cognitive effects of oxcarbazepine and phenytoin monotherapy in newly diagnosed epilepsy: One year follow-up Epilepsy Res 1992. 11:(3):199203. [PubMed].
Ambrosetto G, Giovanardi RP, Tassinari CA. Predictive factors of seizure frequency and duration of antiepileptic treatment in rolandic epilepsy: A retrospective study Brain Dev 1987. 9:(3):3004. [PubMed].
Anzola GP. Predictivity of plasma prolactin levels in differentiating epilepsy from pseudoseizures: A prospective study Epilepsia 1993. 34:(6):104448. [PubMed].
Arts WF, Geerts AT, Brouwer OF, et al. The early prognosis of epilepsy in childhood: The prediction of a poor outcome. The Dutch study of epilepsy in childhood Epilepsia 1999. 40:(6):72634. [PubMed].
Atakli D, Sozuer D, Atay T, et al. Misdiagnosis and treatment in juvenile myoclonic epilepsy Seizure 1998. 7:(1):636. [PubMed].
Baker GA, Nashef L, van Hout BA. Current issues in the management of epilepsy: The impact of frequent seizures on cost of illness, quality of life, and mortality Epilepsia 1997. 38:(Suppl)1:18.
Beghi E, Tognoni G. Prognosis of epilepsy in newly referred patients: A multicenter prospective study Collaborative Group for the Study of Epilepsy Epilepsia 1988. 29:(3):23643.
Begley CE, Famulari M, Annegers JF, et al. The cost of epilepsy in the United States: An estimate from population-based clinical and survey data Epilepsia 2000. 41:(3):34251. [PubMed].
Beilmann A, Napa A, Soot A, et al. Prevalence of childhood epilepsy in Estonia Epilepsia 1999. 40:(7):10119. [PubMed].
Berg AT, Shinnar S, Levy SR, et al. Newly diagnosed epilepsy in children: Presentation at diagnosis Epilepsia 1999a. 40:(4):44552. [PubMed].
Berg AT, Shinnar S, Levy SR, et al. Status epilepticus in children with newly diagnosed epilepsy Ann Neurol 1999b. 45:(5):61823. [PubMed].
Bora I, Seckin B, Zarifoglu M, et al. Risk of recurrence after first unprovoked tonic-clonic seizure in adults J Neurol 1995. 242:(3):15763. [PubMed].
Braathen G, Theorell K. A general hospital population of childhood epilepsy Acta Paediatrica 1995. 84:(10):11436. [PubMed].
Bye A, Lamont P, Healy L. Commencement of a pediatric EEG-video telemetry service. Clin Exp Neurol. 1990; 27: 838. [PubMed]
Callaghan N, Kenny RA, O'Neill B, et al. A prospective study between carbamazepine, phenytoin and sodium valproate as monotherapy in previously untreated and recently diagnosed patients with epilepsy. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 1985; 48: 63944. [PubMed]
Camfield PR, Camfield CS, Dooley JM, et al. Epilepsy after a first unprovoked seizure in childhood Neurology 1985a. 35:(11):165760. [PubMed].
Camfield PR, Camfield CS, Smith EC, et al. Newly treated childhood epilepsy: A prospective study of recurrences and side effects Neurology 1985b. 35:(5):722725. [PubMed].
Caplan LR, editor. Should single epileptic seizures be treated? Eur Neurol. 1994; 34: 18692. [PubMed]
Carenini L, Bottacchi E, Camerlingo M, et al. Carbamazepine does not affect short-latency somatosensory evoked potentials: A longitudinal study in newly diagnosed epilepsy Epilepsia 1988. 29:(2):1458. [PubMed].
Carpay JA, de Weerd AW, Schimsheimer RJ, et al. The diagnostic yield of a second EEG after partial sleep deprivation: A prospective study in children with newly diagnosed seizures Epilepsia 1997. 38:(5):5959. [PubMed].
Casetta I, Granieri E, Monetti VC, et al. Early predictors of intractability in childhood epilepsy: A community-based case-control study in Copparo, Italy Acta Neurol 1999. 99:(6):32933.
Chen LS, Mitchell WG, Horton EJ, et al. Clinical utility of video-EEG monitoring Pediatr Neurol 1995. 12:(3):220224. [PubMed].
Chu NS. Long-term ambulatory cassette EEG with sphenoidal recording in complex partial seizures Epilepsia 1991. 32:(3):3517. [PubMed].
Cockerell OC, Johnson AL, Sander JW, et al. Prognosis of epilepsy: A review and further analysis of the first nine years of the British National General Practice Study of Epilepsy, a prospective population-based study Epilepsia 1997. 38:(1):3146. [PubMed].
Cook DJ, Guyatt GH, Laupacis A, et al. Rules of evidence and clinical recommendations on the use of antithrombotic agents. Chest. 1992; 102: 30511.
Cull RE. An assessment of 24-hour ambulatory EEG/ECG monitoring in a neurology clinic J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1985. 48:(2):10710. [PubMed].
Dam AM, Fuglsang-Frederiksen A, Svarre-Olsen U, et al. Late-onset epilepsy: Etiologies, types of seizure, and value of clinical investigation, EEG, and computerized tomography scan Epilepsia 1985. 26:(3):22731. [PubMed].
Devinsky O, Vickrey BG, Cramer J, et al. Development of the quality of life in epilepsy inventory Epilepsia 1995. 36:(11):1089104. [PubMed].
Drake MEJ, Weate SJ, Newell SA, et al. Multiple sleep latency tests in epilepsy Clin Electroencephalogr 1994. 25:(2):5962. [PubMed].
Duchowny MS, Resnick TJ, Deray MJ, et al. Video EEG diagnosis of repetitive behavior in early childhood and its relationship to seizures Pediatr Neurol 1988. 4:(3):1624. [PubMed].
Ferrarese C, Tortorella R, Bogliun G, et al. Decreased density of lymphocyte benzodiazepine receptors in drug-resistant epileptic patients Epilepsy Res 1997. 27:(3):1815. [PubMed].
Foley CM, Legido A, Miles DK, et al. Diagnostic value of pediatric outpatient video-EEG Pediatr Neurol 1995. 12:(2):1204. [PubMed].
Forsgren L. Prospective incidence study and clinical characterization of seizures in newly referred adults Epilepsia 1990. 31:(3):292301. [PubMed].
Forsgren L, Bucht G, Eriksson S, et al. Incidence and clinical characterization of unprovoked seizures in adults: A prospective population-based study Epilepsia 1996. 37:(3):2249. [PubMed].
Forsythe I, Butler R, Berg I, et al. Cognitive impairment in new cases of epilepsy randomly assigned to carbamazepine, phenytoin and sodium valproate Dev Med Child Neurol 1991. 33:(6):52434. [PubMed].
Frost JDJ, Hrachovy RA, Glaze DG, et al. Alpha rhythm slowing during initiation of carbamazepine therapy: implications for future cognitive performance J Clin Neurophysiol 1995. 12:(1):5763. [PubMed].
Grabow JD. Complementary roles of EEG and CT Postgrad Med 1985. 77:(4):20722. [PubMed].
Grunewald RA, Chroni E, Panayiotopoulos CP. Delayed diagnosis of juvenile myoclonic epilepsy J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1992. 55:(6):4979. [PubMed].
Gunduz E, Demirbilek V, Korkmaz B. Benign rolandic epilepsy findings Seizure 1999. 8:(4):2469. [PubMed].
Harvey AS, Berkovic SF, Wrennall JA, et al. Temporal lobe epilepsy in childhood: Clinical, EEG, and neuroimaging findings and syndrome classification in a cohort with new-onset seizures Neurology 1997. 49:(4):9608. [PubMed].
Hauser WA, Rich SS, Annegers JF, et al. Seizure recurrence after a first unprovoked seizure: An extended follow-up. Neurology. 1990; 40: 116370. [PubMed]
Hauser WA, Rich SS, Lee JR, et al. Risk of recurrent seizures after two unprovoked seizures N Engl J Med 1998. 338:(7):42934. [PubMed].
Living well with epilepsy: Report of the 1997 National Conference on Public Health and Epilepsy. CDC and NCCDPHP. 1998
Henneman PL, DeRoos F, Lewis RJ. Determining the need for admission in patients with new-onset seizures Ann Emerg Med 1994. 24:(6):110814. [PubMed].
Hoefnagels WA, Padberg GW, Overweg J, et al. Transient loss of consciousness: The value of the history for distinguishing seizure from syncope J Neurol 1991. 238:(1):3943. [PubMed].
Holt-Seitz A, Wirrell EC, Sundaram MB. Seizures in the elderly: Etiology and prognosis Can J Neuro Sci 1999. 26:(2):1104.
Hopkins A, Garmon A, Clarke C. The first seizure in adult life Lancet 1988. 1:(8588):7216. [PubMed].
Hughes JR, Gruener G. The success of EEG in confirming epilepsy -- Revisited Clin Electroencephalogr 1985. 16:(2):98103. [PubMed].
Isojarvi JI, Pakarinen AJ, Myllyla VV. Serum lipid levels during carbamazepine medication. Arch Neurol. 1993; 50: 5903. [PubMed]
Jadad AR, Moore A, Carroll D, et al. Assessing the quality of reports of randomized controlled trials: Is blinding necessary? Controlled Clin Trials. 1996; 17: 112. [PubMed]
Jallon P, Goumaz M, Haenggeli C, et al. Incidence of first epileptic seizures in the canton of Geneva, Switzerland Epilepsia 1997. 38:(5):54752. [PubMed].
Kalviainen R, Aikia M, Helkala EL, et al. Memory and attention in newly diagnosed epileptic seizure disorder Seizure 1992. 1:(4):25562. [PubMed].
Kalviainen R, Aikia M, Saukkonen AM, et al. Vigabatrin vs. carbamazepine monotherapy in patients with newly diagnosed epilepsy. A randomized, controlled study Arch Neurol 1995. 52:(10):98996. [PubMed].
Kilpatrick CJ, Tress BM, O'Donnell C, et al. Magnetic resonance imaging and late-onset epilepsy Epilepsia 1991. 32:(3):35864. [PubMed].
King MA, Newton MR, Jackson GD, et al. Epileptology of the first-seizure presentation: A clinical, electroencephalographic, and magnetic resonance imaging study of 300 consecutive patients Lancet 1998. 352:(9133):100711. [PubMed].
Kline Leidy N, Rentz AM, Grace EM. Evaluating health-related quality of life outcomes in clinical trials of antiepileptic drug therapy Epilepsia 1998. 39:(9):96577. [PubMed].
Konishi T, Naganuma Y, Hongou K, et al. Effects of antiepileptic drugs on EEG background activity in children with epilepsy: Initial phase of therapy Clin Electroencephalogr 1995. 26:(2):1139. [PubMed].
Kun LN, Ling LW, Wah YW, et al. Epidemiologic study of epilepsy in young Singaporean men Epilepsia 1999. 40:(10):13847. [PubMed].
Larkin JG, McKee PJ, Brodie MJ. Rapid tolerance to acute psychomotor impairment with carbamazepine in epileptic patients Br J Clin Pharmacol 1992. 33:(1):1114. [PubMed].
Lee SI. Nonconvulsive status epilepticus. Ictal confusion in later life Arch Neurol 1985. 42:(8):77881. [PubMed].
Luhdorf K, Jensen LK, Plesner AM. Epilepsy in the elderly: Prognosis Acta Neurol Scand 1986. 74:(5):40915. [PubMed].
Mandelbaum DE, Burack GD. The effect of seizure type and medication on cognitive and behavioral functioning in children with idiopathic epilepsy Dev Med Child Neurol 1997. 39:(11):7315. [PubMed].
Marciani MG, Maschio MC, Spanedda F, et al. Sodium valproate and mental processes in newly referred epileptic patients. A computerized EEG study Neuropsychobiology 1995. 31:(4):2105. [PubMed].
Martinovic Z, Jovic N. Seizure recurrence after a first generalized tonic-clonic seizure, in children, adolescents and young adults Seizure 1997. 6:(6):4615. [PubMed].
McNelis A, Musick B, Austin J, et al. Psychosocial care needs of children with new-onset seizures J Neurosci Nurs 1998. 30:(3):1615. [PubMed].
Mohan KK, Markand ON, Salanova V. Diagnostic utility of video EEG monitoring in paroxysmal events Acta Neurol Scand 1996. 94:(5):3205. [PubMed].
Mulrow C, Cook DJ, Davidoff F. Systematic reviews: Critical links in the great chain of evidence Ann Intern Med 1997. 126:(5):37680. [PubMed].
Mulrow CD, Oxman AD, editors. Cochrane Collaboration Handbook (updated December 9, 1996). The Cochrane Collaboration. 1997; 1: .
Murray CJ, Lopez AD. Global Health Statistics: A compendium of incidence, prevalence, and mortality estimates for over 200 conditions. World Health Organization. 1996: 61011.
Neufeld MY, Treves TA, Chistik V, et al. Sequential serum creatine kinase determination differentiates vaso-vagal syncope from generalized tonic-clonic seizures Acta Neurol Scand 1997. 95:(3):1379. [PubMed].
O'Dougherty M, Wright FS, Cox S, et al. Carbamazepine plasma concentration. Relationship to cognitive impairment Arch Neurol 1987. 44:(8):8637. [PubMed].
Olafson E, Hauser WA. Prevalence of epilepsy in rural Iceland: A population-based study Epilepsia 1999. 40:(11):152934. [PubMed].
Oldani A, Zucconi M, Smirne S, et al. The neurophysiological evaluation of nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy Seizure 1998. 7:(4):31720. [PubMed].
Oller-Daurella L, Oller LF. Influence of the "lost time" on the outcome of epilepsy Eur Neurol 1991. 31:(3):1757. [PubMed].
Onsurbe Ramirez I, Hernandez Rodriguez M, Aparicio Meix JM, et al. Incidence of epilepsy and epileptic syndromes in children in the province of Albacete An Esp Pediatr 1999. 51:(2):1548. [PubMed].
Panayiotopoulos CP, Tahan R, Obeid T. Juvenile myoclonic epilepsy: Factors of error involved in the diagnosis and treatment Epilepsia 1991. 32:(5):6726. [PubMed].
Panayiotopoulos CP, Chroni E, Daskalopoulos C, et al. Typical absence seizures in adults: Clinical, EEG, video-EEG findings and diagnostic/syndromic considerations J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1992. 55:(11):10028. [PubMed].
Penry JK, Dean JC, Riela AR. Juvenile myoclonic epilepsy: Long-term response to therapy Epilepsia 1989. 30:(Suppl 4):S1923.
Pulliainen V, Jokelainen M. Effects of phenytoin and carbamazepine on cognitive functions in newly diagnosed epileptic patients Acta Neurol Scand 1994. 89:(2):816. [PubMed].
Reutens DC, Berkovic SF. Idiopathic generalized epilepsy of adolescence: Are the syndromes clinically distinct? Neurology 1995. 45:(8):146976. [PubMed].
Roberts R, Fitch P. Monitoring at the National Hospital, Queen Square, London Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol 1985. 37:(Suppl):42336.
Sacks HS, Berrier J, Reitman D, et al. Meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. N Engl J Med. 1987; 316: 4505. [PubMed]
Sander JW, Hart YM, Johnson AL, et al. National General Practice Study of Epilepsy: Newly diagnosed epileptic seizures in a general population Lancet 1990. 336:(8726):12671271. [PubMed].
Sannita WG, Gervasio L, Zagnoni P. Quantitative EEG effects and plasma concentration of sodium valproate: Acute and long-term administration to epileptic patients Neuropsychobiology 1989. 22:(4):2315. [PubMed].
Sawhney IM, Singh A, Kaur P, et al. A case control study and one year of follow-up of registered epilepsy cases in a resettlement colony of North India, a developing tropical country J Neurol Sci 1999. 165:(1):315. [PubMed].
Sharpe C, Buchanan N. Juvenile myoclonic epilepsy: Diagnosis, management and outcome Med J Aust 1995. 162:(3):1334. [PubMed].
Shihabuddin B, Abou-Khalil B, Fakhoury T. The value of combined ambulatory cassette-EEG and video monitoring in the differential diagnosis of intractable seizures Clin Neurophysiol 1999. 110:(8):14527. [PubMed].
Shinnar S, Berg AT, Moshe SL, et al. The risk of seizure recurrence after a first unprovoked afebrile seizure in childhood: An extended follow-up Pediatrics 1996. 98:(2):21625. [PubMed].
Smith DB, Mattson RH, Cramer JA, et al. Results of a nationwide Veterans Administration Cooperative Study comparing the efficacy and toxicity of carbamazepine, phenobarbital, phenytoin, and primidone Epilepsia 1987. 28:(Suppl 3):S50S58. [PubMed].
Sperling MR, Engel JJ. Electroencephalographic recording from the temporal lobes: A comparison of ear, anterior temporal, and nasopharyngeal electrodes Ann Neurol 1985. 17:(5):5103. [PubMed].
Stefan H, Plouin P, Fichsel H, et al. Progabide for previously untreated absence epilepsy Epilepsy Res 1988. 2:(2):1326. [PubMed].
Steiner TJ, Dellaportas CL, Findley LJ, et al. Lamotrigine monotherapy in newly diagnosed untreated epilepsy: A double-blind comparison with phenytoin Epilepsia 1999. 40:(5):6017. [PubMed].
Van Paesschen W, Duncan JS, Stevens JM, et al. Etiology and early prognosis of newly diagnosed partial seizures in adults: A quantitative hippocampal MRI study. Neurology. 1997; 49: 7537. [PubMed]
Wiebe S, Bellhouse DR, Fallahay C, et al. Burden of epilepsy: The Ontario Health Survey Can J Neurol Sci 1999. 26:(4):26370. [PubMed].
Williams J, Bates S, Griebel ML, et al. Does short-term antiepileptic drug treatment in children result in cognitive or behavioral changes? Epilepsia 1998. 39:(10):10649. [PubMed].
Help ǀ Contact Bookshelf
AHRQ Evidence Reports
(navigation arrows) Go to previous chapter Go to next chapter Go to top of this page Go to bottom of this page Go to Table of Contents